RHYTHMS NET CONNECTIONS INC
S-1, 1999-09-22
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: EQUITY INVESTOR FUND CONCEPT SER TELE GLOBAL TR 4 DEF ASSET, 24F-2NT, 1999-09-22
Next: BEACH COUCH INC, 10-12G/A, 1999-09-22



<PAGE>
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 21, 1999
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
                                    FORM S-1

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                     UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                       <C>
         DELAWARE                    4813                   33-0747515
     (State or Other          (Primary Standard          (I.R.S. Employer
     Jurisdiction of              Industrial          Identification Number)
     Incorporation or        Classification Code
      Organization)                Number)
</TABLE>

                           6933 SOUTH REVERE PARKWAY
                           ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112
                                 (303) 476-4200
  (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                   Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
                           --------------------------

                                CATHERINE HAPKA
                      CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.
                           6933 SOUTH REVERE PARKWAY
                           ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112
                                 (303) 476-4200
 (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                             of Agent for Service)
                           --------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:
                               MARTIN C. NICHOLS
                                ROBERT H. CUTLER
                        BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP
                        550 WEST "C" STREET, SUITE 1200
                          SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92101
                                 (619) 234-1966
                           --------------------------

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: AS SOON AS
PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                           --------------------------

    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. /X/

    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / / _______________

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / _______________

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / _______________

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / / _______________

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE    AGGREGATE OFFERING      AMOUNT OF
        SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED               REGISTERED         PER SHARE(1)          PRICE(1)        REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share.....    770,705 Shares         $35.6563          $27,480,489            $7,640
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act based on the high and low
    trading price for the common stock on September 20, 1999.

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL
BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 8, MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 21, 1999
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. THE
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS MAY NOT SELL THE COMMON STOCK COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS
UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OUR COMMON
STOCK AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY OUR COMMON STOCK IN ANY STATE
WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
<PAGE>
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                                 770,705 SHARES

                                     [LOGO]

                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                               ------------------

    All of the 770,705 shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are
being offered by some of our stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from
the shares of common stock sold by these stockholders.

    Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"RTHM." On September 20, 1999, the last reported sale price for our common stock
on the Nasdaq National Market was $34.88 per share.

    INVESTING IN THE COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS WHICH ARE DESCRIBED IN THE
"RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

                             ---------------------

   NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
  COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED
     IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                        CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PER SHARE             TOTAL
                                                                              ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
Public offering price.......................................................          $                   $
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders..........................          $                   $
</TABLE>

    The shares of common stock will be ready for delivery in New York, New York
on or about   , 1999.

                            ------------------------

               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 1999.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Summary....................................................................................................          3
Risk Factors...............................................................................................          7
Use Of Proceeds............................................................................................         21
Dividend Policy............................................................................................         21
Price Range Of Our Common Stock............................................................................         21
Capitalization.............................................................................................         22
Dilution...................................................................................................         23
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.......................................................................         24
Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations......................         26
Description Of Certain Indebtedness........................................................................         34
Business...................................................................................................         35
Management.................................................................................................         56
Certain Relationships And Related Transactions.............................................................         69
Principal And Selling Stockholders.........................................................................         73
Description Of Capital Stock...............................................................................         75
Shares Eligible For Future Sale............................................................................         79
Plan of Distribution.......................................................................................         81
Legal Matters..............................................................................................         82
Experts....................................................................................................         82
Where You Can Find More Information........................................................................         83
Glossary Of Terms..........................................................................................         84
Index To Financial Statements..............................................................................        F-1
Report Of Independent Accountants..........................................................................        F-2
</TABLE>

    WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. IF THEY GIVE YOU SUCH INFORMATION OR MAKE SUCH REPRESENTATIONS, YOU
MUST NOT RELY UPON THEM AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY US. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT
AN OFFER TO SELL, OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY SECURITIES OTHER
THAN THESE REGISTERED SECURITIES. IT IS ALSO NOT AN OFFER TO, OR SOLICITATION
OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY OFFER OR SALE SHALL,
UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT WE HAVE HAD NO CHANGE IN
OUR BUSINESS SINCE THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS CORRECT AS OF ANYTIME AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

    We use market data and industry forecasts throughout this prospectus, which
we have obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available
information and industry publications. Industry publications generally state
that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not
guaranteed. Similarly, we believe that the surveys and market research we or
others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this
information. We do not represent that any such information is accurate.

    We own applications for federal registration and claim rights in the
following trademarks: ACI-TM-; ACCELERATED CONNECTIONS-TM-; APPLINET-TM-; CHOICE
ROUTE-TM-; DSL ... CAN YOU HANDLE THE SPEED?-TM-; HOME.RHYTHMS-TM-;
LOOP.RHYTHMS-TM-; NET.RHYTHMS-TM-; NETRHYTHMS-TM-; RHYTHM WORKS-TM-;
RHYTHMS-TM-; RHYTHMS COGNITIVE NETWORK-TM-; RHYTHMS.NET-TM-; RHYTHMS
NETCONNECTIONS-TM-; RHYTHMS NETSELECT-TM-; RHYTHMS NETWORKNOW-TM-; RHYTHMS
PBXPRESS-TM-; RHYTHMS TOOLBAR-TM-; RHYTHMS TOTAL ACCESS SOLUTIONS-TM-; RHYTHMS
U.S. LAN-TM-; RING.RHYTHMS-TM-; WORK.RHYTHMS-TM- and [LOGO]-TM-. We have filed
an application for federal registration and claim rights in the trademark
RHYTHMS LINKS.

    This prospectus also refers to trade names and trademarks of other
companies.
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY

    THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS SOME OF THE SIGNIFICANT ASPECTS OF OUR BUSINESS AND
THIS OFFERING, BUT YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE
FINANCIAL DATA AND RELATED NOTES, BEFORE MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION. WHEN WE
REFER TO OUR COMPANY IN THIS PROSPECTUS, WE REFER TO US AND OUR SUBSIDIARIES, AS
A COMBINED ENTITY, EXCEPT WHERE WE INDICATE OTHERWISE. WE HAVE PROVIDED A
GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE BEGINNING ON PAGE A-1. YOU SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS."

    We are a leading service provider of high-speed local access networking
solutions using DSL technology to businesses. We have designed our network to
give our customers a high-speed "always on" local connection to the Internet and
to private local and wide area networks. We offer a variety of DSL technologies
that deliver data transfer rates ranging from 128 Kbps to 7.1 Mbps. For
customers that subscribe at the 7.1 Mbps rate, our network provides transfer
speeds faster than frame relay and T-1 circuits, and is approximately 125 times
the speed of the fastest dial-up modem and over 55 times the speed of integrated
services digital network (ISDN) lines. Through our packet-based network,
multiple users on a single connection are able to simultaneously access the
Internet and private networks. Beyond high-speed access, we also offer a growing
suite of features and applications that we can individually configure to each
user's needs. We believe our network solutions will increase remote office and
worker productivity and reduce the complexity of communications for businesses.

    Since our inception in February 1997, we have made substantial progress in
implementing a scalable nationwide network. We began offering commercial
services in our first market in April 1998, and currently offer service in a
total of 17 markets: San Diego, San Francisco, San Jose, Oakland/East Bay,
Chicago, Los Angeles, Orange County, Boston, Sacramento, New York, Philadelphia,
Washington D.C., Detroit, Denver, Seattle, Portland and Baltimore. We intend to
continue our network rollout into an additional 16 markets in 1999 and a further
17 markets by the end of 2000. Upon completion of this network expansion, we
anticipate providing services in 50 of the nation's largest metropolitan areas,
which we believe contain 60% of the nation's local area networks. We have signed
interconnection agreements with Ameritech, Bell Atlantic, BellSouth, GTE,
Pacific Bell and U S WEST, and we are currently pursuing interconnection
arrangements with three other incumbent carriers. As of June 30, 1999, we
provide service or have installed equipment in over 500 incumbent carrier
central offices. We have obtained competitive carrier authority or have been
permitted to operate as a competitive carrier in 28 states. We intend to
continue to investigate expansion of our network both in the United States and
internationally.

    In March 1999, we entered into separate strategic arrangements with MCI
WorldCom, Inc. and Microsoft Corporation. As part of our strategic arrangements,
MCI WorldCom's investment fund and Microsoft each invested $30 million in us.
The MCI WorldCom arrangement also designates us as the first choice in its
alternative carrier access provisioning system for DSL services in certain
circumstances, and provides that MCI WorldCom is committed to sell at least
100,000 of our DSL lines over a period of five years, subject to penalties for
failure to reach target commitments. In turn, we have designated MCI WorldCom as
our preferred provider of network services in certain circumstances. MCI
WorldCom will also work with us to develop voice and data applications over a
single DSL connection. For instance, in June 1999, MCI WorldCom and we, in
conjunction with Cisco Systems, Inc. and Jetstream Communications, successfully
demonstrated toll-quality voice and high-speed data communications over a single
copper line utilizing DSL technology. In our Microsoft arrangement, we will
jointly develop and distribute with Microsoft a co-branded DSL version of the
Microsoft Network (MSN) service focused on our small business customers and on
our customers' teleworkers.

    In April 1999, we entered into a customer relationship with Qwest
Communications Corporation, in connection with which Qwest's wholly owned
subsidiary, U.S. Telesource, Inc., invested $15 million in

                                       3
<PAGE>
us. Qwest has committed to purchase from us performance class DSL services for
re-sale to its customers. In return, we have agreed to use Qwest's network and
application hosting services in certain situations. The combined DSL line
commitment from Qwest and MCI WorldCom totals 200,000 lines over several years.

    We also market our services through our direct sales force and through our
partnerships with recognized leaders in the networking industry, including
Microsoft and Cisco. Under our strategic partnership with Cisco, Cisco agreed to
jointly market and sell our networking solutions to its customer base and will
engage in joint development projects with us. As of June 30, 1999, we had over
3,200 lines in service, and we are currently under contract to supply over 9,000
additional DSL lines. Our business customers include QUALCOMM Incorporated,
Cisco, Silicon Graphics, Inc., Wind River Systems and Broadcom Corporation. Our
service provider customers include Epoch Internet, Ingram Micro, Intermedia
Communications Inc., Savvis Communications Corporation, Verio Inc. and Williams
Communications, Inc.

    In April 1999, we completed an initial public offering of our common stock,
raising net proceeds of approximately $210.1 million. On April 23, 1999, we
completed the sale and issue of senior notes, raising net proceeds of
approximately $314.5 million, of which approximately $113.2 million was used to
purchase a portfolio of U.S. government securities to secure the payment of the
first six scheduled interest payments on the notes. We also completed a
secondary public offering of our common stock in September 1999, raising net
proceeds of $16.4 million.

    Our senior management team has extensive experience in developing
next-generation networking businesses. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Catherine Hapka, was previously the founder, President and Chief Operating
Officer of !NTERPRISE Networking Services, U S WEST's data networking business.
Steve Stringer, our President and Chief Operating Officer, was previously the
Global Chief Operating Officer of GE Capital IT Solutions. Scott Chandler, our
Chief Financial Officer, was previously President and Chief Executive Officer of
C-COR Electronics, Inc., a manufacturer of broadband telecommunications
equipment. James Greenberg, our Chief Network Officer, directed the design,
planning, operation and construction of Sprint Corporation's data networks.
Frank Tolve, our Chief Sales Officer, previously served as Vice President, Sales
Operations of Bay Networks. Our sponsors, which include Microsoft, MCI
WorldCom's investment fund, a subsidiary of Qwest, Kleiner Perkins Caufield &
Byers, Enterprise Partners, Brentwood Venture Capital, the Sprout Group and a
subsidiary of Enron Corp., have to date invested approximately $105.3 million.

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

    We believe that a substantial market opportunity exists as a result of the
convergence of six factors:

    - the growing demand for high-speed access to the Internet and corporate
      networks;

    - the inherent limitations of dial-up modems as a connection to data
      networks;

    - the need for large companies to improve the productivity of their remote
      offices and workers;

    - the need for small and medium businesses to have an integrated
      communication solution for their networking requirements;

    - the increasing adoption of DSL and widespread use of packet-based
      networks; and

    - the 1996 Telecommunications Act.

    These factors create a dual market opportunity: new carriers can create
efficient high-speed data, voice and video networks using existing
infrastructure, and business customers can better address their local and wide
area networking needs through a single carrier.

                                       4
<PAGE>
THE RHYTHMS SOLUTIONS

    We believe our network solutions effectively address many of the unmet
communications needs of today's businesses by offering an appealing combination
of quality, performance, price and service. Our network consists of:

    - HIGH-SPEED, "ALWAYS ON" LOCAL CONNECTIONS.  Using DSL technology over
      standard telephone lines, our network is capable of delivering data at
      speeds ranging from 128 Kbps to 7.1 Mbps.

    - METROPOLITAN AND WIDE AREA OVERLAY NETWORK.  We have designed our network
      architecture so that we can effectively and efficiently manage data
      traffic within and among metropolitan areas in which we offer our
      services. We manage the network and monitor service levels on a nationwide
      basis from our Network Operations Center in Denver.

    - PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCING FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS.  We offer a growing
      suite of network-enabled features and applications that extend the
      functionality of corporate communications and networking resources to
      remote offices and workers. We also offer high performance Internet access
      solutions to remote offices and workers as well as small and medium
      businesses in conjunction with our Internet Service Provider customers.

    - SERVICE FLEXIBILITY.  We have designed our network so that, over a single
      DSL connection, we are able to customize the features and applications for
      each individual user and local area network user.

    - TURNKEY SOLUTION.  We offer turnkey network solutions for our customers by
      providing each customer with a single point of contact for all of our
      services, including network implementation, maintenance and billing.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

    Our goal is to become the leading national service provider of high
performance networking solutions for remote offices and workers. We intend to
implement the following strategies to achieve our goal:

    - exploit our early market entrance by deploying our network rapidly and
      building strong relationships with businesses and service provider
      customers;

    - focus on businesses that demand high performance networking solutions;

    - use our network as a platform for productivity-enhancing features and
      applications that we and third parties develop;

    - continue to establish strong distribution channels to reach large, medium
      and small businesses; and

    - provide superior service and customer care.
                            ------------------------

    Our principal executive office is located at 6933 South Revere Parkway,
Englewood, Colorado 80112, and our telephone number is (303) 476-4200 or (800)
RHYTHMS.

                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common stock offered by the selling
  stockholders...............................  770,705 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this
  offering...................................  76,990,288

Use of proceeds..............................  We will not receive any proceeds from the
                                               sale of shares of common stock by the selling
                                               stockholders.

Dividend policy..............................  We currently intend to retain any future
                                               earnings to fund the development of our
                                               business. Therefore, we do not currently
                                               anticipate paying cash dividends.

Nasdaq National Market symbol................  RTHM
</TABLE>

    The shares of common stock to be offered by the selling stockholders
represents shares issuable upon a "net exercise" of warrants that were issued in
connection with our 1998 senior discount notes.

    The shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering
includes 770,705 shares of common stock issuable upon a "net exercise" of
outstanding warrants that were issued in connection with our 1998 senior
discount notes which are to be sold in this offering by the selling
stockholders, and excludes:

    - 4,883,581 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock
      options outstanding as of August 31, 1999, with a weighted average
      exercise price of $21.19, all of which are exercisable and 111,777 of
      which are vested;

    - 2,203,402 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
      warrants, with a weighted average price of $7.30 per share; and

    - 488,395 shares of treasury stock as of August 31, 1999.

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW AND THE OTHER
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE DECIDING TO PURCHASE SHARES OF OUR COMMON
STOCK. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES FACING
OUR COMPANY.

WE CANNOT PREDICT OUR SUCCESS BECAUSE WE HAVE A SHORT OPERATING HISTORY

    We formed our company in February 1997, and we have a short operating
history for you to review in evaluating our business. We have limited historical
financial and operating data upon which you can evaluate our business and
prospects. We entered into our first interconnection agreement with an incumbent
carrier in July 1997 and began to offer commercial services in our first market
in April 1998. We have limited commercial operations and have recognized limited
revenues since our inception. In addition, our senior management team and our
other employees have worked together at our company for only a short period of
time.

BECAUSE OUR MARKET IS NEW AND EVOLVING, WE CANNOT PREDICT ITS FUTURE GROWTH OR
  ULTIMATE SIZE, AND WE MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY

    The market for packet-based high-speed digital communication services using
telephone lines is in the early stages of development. Since this market is new
and evolving and because our current and future competitors are likely to
introduce competing services, we cannot accurately predict the rate at which
this market will grow, if at all, or whether new or increased competition will
result in market saturation. Various providers of high-speed digital
communication services are testing products from various suppliers for various
applications, and suppliers have not broadly adopted an industry standard.
Certain critical issues concerning commercial use of DSL for Internet and local
area network access, including security, reliability, ease and cost of access
and quality of service, remain unresolved and may impact the growth of these
services. If the markets for our services fail to develop, grow more slowly than
anticipated or become saturated with competitors, these events could materially
and adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial
condition.

    Our success will depend on the development of this new and rapidly evolving
market and our ability to compete effectively in this market. To address these
risks, we must, among other things:

    - rapidly expand the geographic coverage of our network services;

    - raise additional capital;

    - enter into interconnection agreements and working arrangements with
      additional incumbent carriers, substantially all of which we expect to be
      our competitors;

    - deploy an effective network infrastructure;

    - attract and retain customers;

    - successfully develop relationships and activities with our partners and
      distributors, including MCI WorldCom, Microsoft, Qwest and Cisco;

    - continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel;

    - accurately assess potential markets and effectively respond to competitive
      developments;

    - continue to develop and integrate our operational support system and other
      back office systems;

    - obtain any required governmental authorizations;

    - comply with evolving governmental regulatory requirements;

                                       7
<PAGE>
    - increase awareness of our services;

    - continue to upgrade our technologies; and

    - effectively manage our expanding operations.

    We may not be successful in addressing these and other risks, and our
failure to address risks would materially and adversely affect our business,
prospects, operating results and financial condition.

WE CANNOT PREDICT OUR SUCCESS BECAUSE OUR BUSINESS MODEL IS UNPROVEN

    We have not validated our business model and strategy in the market. We
believe that the combination of our unproven business model and the highly
competitive and fast changing market in which we compete makes it impossible to
predict the extent to which our network service will achieve market acceptance
and our overall success. To be successful, we must develop and market network
services that are widely accepted by businesses at profitable prices. We may
never be able to deploy our network as planned, achieve significant market
acceptance, favorable operating results or profitability or generate sufficient
cash flow to repay our debt. Of the approximately 12,200 lines that are in
service or that we have committed to deliver, we installed or committed
approximately 10,150 to only three customers. None of our large business
customers has rolled out our services broadly to its employees, and we cannot be
certain when or if these rollouts will occur. We will not receive significant
revenue from our large customers unless these rollouts occur. Any continued or
ongoing failure for any reason of large business customers to roll out our
services, failure to validate our business model in the market, including
failure to build out our network, achieve widespread market acceptance or
sustain desired pricing would materially and adversely affect our business,
prospects, operating results and financial condition.

WE EXPECT OUR LOSSES TO CONTINUE

    We have incurred losses and experienced negative operating cash flow for
each month since our formation. As of June 30, 1999, we had an accumulated
deficit of approximately $105.5 million. We intend to rapidly and substantially
increase our expenditures and operating expenses in an effort to expand our
network services. We expect to have annual interest and amortization expense
relating to our 1998 senior discount notes and 1999 senior notes of
approximately $52.2 million in 1999 and increasing to $81.0 million in 2003. In
addition, we may incur more debt in the future. Furthermore, as a result of
recent business relationships arising from preferred stock and warrant issuances
and of previous stock option grants, we anticipate that there will be
significant charges to earnings in future periods. We estimate that these
charges will total approximately $6.2 million per year over each of the next
several years. As a result of these factors, we expect to incur substantial
operating and net losses and negative operating cash flow for the foreseeable
future. We will need to obtain additional financing to pay our expenses and to
make payments on our debt. We cannot give you any assurance about whether or
when we will have sufficient revenues to satisfy our funding requirements or pay
our debt service obligations.

OUR OPERATING RESULTS IN ONE OR MORE FUTURE PERIODS ARE LIKELY TO FLUCTUATE
  SIGNIFICANTLY AND MAY FAIL TO MEET OR EXCEED THE EXPECTATIONS OF SECURITIES
  ANALYSTS OR INVESTORS

    Our annual and quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate
significantly in the future due to numerous factors, many of which are outside
of our control. These factors include:

    - the rate of customer acquisition and turnover;

    - the prices our customers are willing to pay;

                                       8
<PAGE>
    - the amount and timing of expenditures relating to the expansion of our
      services and infrastructure;

    - the timing and availability of incumbent carrier central office
      collocation facilities and transport facilities;

    - the success of our relationships with our partners and distributors,
      including MCI WorldCom, Microsoft, Qwest and Cisco;

    - our ability to deploy our network on a timely basis;

    - introduction of new services or technologies by our competitors;

    - price competition;

    - the ability of our equipment and service suppliers to meet our needs;

    - regulatory developments, including interpretations of the 1996
      Telecommunications Act;

    - technical difficulties or network downtime;

    - the success of our strategic alliances; and

    - the condition of the telecommunication and network service industries and
      general economic conditions.

    Because of these factors, our operating results in one or more future
periods could fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or
investors. In that event, any trading price of our common stock would likely
decline.

IF SALES FORECASTED FOR A PARTICULAR PERIOD ARE NOT REALIZED IN THAT PERIOD DUE
  TO THE LENGTHY SALES CYCLE OF OUR SERVICES, OUR OPERATING RESULTS FOR THAT
  PERIOD WILL BE HARMED

    The sales cycle of our network services can be very lengthy, particularly
for large businesses. The sales cycle for large businesses typically involves:

    - a significant technical evaluation;

    - an initial trial rollout to a relatively small number of end users;

    - a commitment of capital and other resources by the customer;

    - delays associated with the customer's internal procedures to approve large
      capital expenditures;

    - time required to engineer the deployment of our services;

    - coordination of the activation of multiple access lines with incumbent
      carriers; and

    - testing and acceptance of our services.

    For these and other reasons, our sales cycle for large businesses lasts at
least six months. During this lengthy sales cycle, we will incur significant
expenses in advance of the receipt of revenues. If sales that we forecast for a
particular period do not occur because of our lengthy sales cycle, this event
could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results
and financial condition during that period.

WE DEPEND ON INCUMBENT CARRIERS FOR COLLOCATION AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES

    We must use copper telephone lines controlled by the incumbent carriers to
provide DSL connections to customers. We also depend on the incumbent carriers
for collocation and for a substantial portion of the transmission facilities we
use to connect our equipment in incumbent carrier

                                       9
<PAGE>
central offices to our Metro Service Centers. In addition, we depend on the
incumbent carriers to test and maintain the quality of the copper lines that we
use. We have not established a history of obtaining access to collocation and
transmission facilities from incumbent carriers in large volumes. In many cases,
we may be unable to obtain access to collocation and transmission facilities
from the incumbent carriers, or to gain access at acceptable rates, terms and
conditions, including timeliness. We have experienced, and expect to experience
in the future, lengthy periods between our request for and the actual provision
of the collocation space and telephone lines. An inability to obtain adequate
and timely access to collocation space or transmission facilities on acceptable
terms and conditions from incumbent carriers could have a material and adverse
effect on our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

    Because we compete with incumbent carriers in our markets, they may be
reluctant to cooperate with us. The incumbent carriers may experience, or claim
to experience, a shortage of collocation space or transmission capacity. If this
occurs, we may not have alternate means of connecting our DSL equipment with the
copper lines or connecting our equipment in central offices to Metro Service
Centers. We have experienced rejections of some of our collocation applications
on the grounds that no space is available. We may receive additional rejections
in the future. The number of other competitive local exchange carriers that
request collocation space will also affect the availability of collocation space
and transmission capacity. If we are unable to obtain physical collocation space
or transmission capacity from our targeted incumbent carriers, we may face
delays, additional costs or an inability to provide services in certain
locations. In many cases where our application for physical collocation is
rejected, we expect to have the option of adjacent location--where we install
our equipment in a building that is very close to the incumbent carrier central
office--or virtual collocation--where the incumbent carrier manages and operates
our equipment. While we have used adjacent and virtual collocation in our
network, those alternatives reduce our control over our equipment, and therefore
may reduce the level of quality and service we provide to our customers. We are
currently in an arbitration proceeding with SBC Communications Inc. concerning
the availability of DSL-enabled copper lines, as well as other operational
issues. Delays in obtaining access to collocation space and telephone lines or
the rejection of our applications for collocation could result in delays in, and
increased expenses associated with, the rollout of our services, which in turn
could have a material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, operating
results and financial condition.

WE ARE UNABLE TO CONTROL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WE GAIN ACCESS TO
  INCUMBENT CARRIER COLLOCATION AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES

    We cannot control the terms under which we collocate our equipment, connect
to copper lines or gain the use of an incumbent carrier's transmission
facilities. State tariffs, state public utility commissions, the Federal
Communications Commission and interconnection agreements with the incumbent
carriers determine the price, terms and conditions under which collocation space
is made available, and they make these administrative determinations in ongoing
hearings. Interconnection agreements and state public utility commissions also
determine the terms and conditions of access to copper lines and other
components of an incumbent carrier's network. We may be unable to negotiate or
enter into interconnection agreements on acceptable terms or at all. In
addition, we cannot be sure that incumbent carriers will abide by their
obligations under those agreements. Delays in obtaining interconnection
agreements would delay our entry into certain markets. In addition, disputes may
arise between us and the incumbent carriers with respect to interconnection
agreements, and we may be unable to resolve disputes in our favor. If we are
unable to enter into, or experience a delay in obtaining, interconnection
agreements, this inability or delay could adversely affect our business,
prospects, operating results and financial condition. Further, the
interconnection agreements are generally short term, and we may be unable to
renew the interconnection agreements on acceptable terms or at all. The state
commissions, the Federal Communications Commission and the courts oversee, in
varying degrees, interconnection arrangements as well as the terms and
conditions under

                                       10
<PAGE>
which we gain access to incumbent carrier copper lines and transmission
facilities. These government entities may modify the terms or prices of our
interconnection agreements and our access to incumbent carrier copper lines and
transmission facilities in ways that would be adverse to our business. The
Federal Communications Commission and state regulatory commissions establish the
rates for DSL-capable copper lines as well as other rates, terms and conditions
of our dealings with the incumbent carriers in ongoing public hearings.
Participation in these hearings will involve significant management time and
expense. Incumbent carriers may from time to time propose new rates, and the
outcomes of hearings and rulings could have a material and adverse effect on our
business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

WE DEPEND ON THIRD PARTIES, PARTICULARLY MCI WORLDCOM, MICROSOFT, QWEST AND
  CISCO, FOR THE MARKETING AND SALES OF OUR NETWORK SERVICES

    We will rely significantly on indirect sales channels for the marketing and
sales of our network services. We will seek to establish relationships with
numerous service providers, including Internet Service Providers, interexchange
carriers, other competitive carriers and value-added resellers, to gain access
to customers. Our agreements to date with service providers are non-exclusive,
and we anticipate that future agreements will also be on a non-exclusive basis,
allowing service providers to resell services offered by our competitors. These
agreements are generally short term, and can be cancelled by the service
provider without significant financial consequence. We cannot control how these
service providers perform and cannot be certain that their performance will be
satisfactory to us or our customers. Many of these companies also compete with
us. If the number of customers we obtain through indirect sales channels is
significantly lower than our forecast for any reason, or if the service
providers with which we have contracted are unsuccessful in competing in their
own intensely competitive markets, these events would have a material and
adverse effect on our business, prospects, operating results and financial
condition.

    We expect to rely particularly on the sales and marketing efforts of our
strategic partners, including MCI WorldCom, Microsoft, Qwest and Cisco. While
our agreements with MCI WorldCom and Qwest call for them to sell an aggregate of
200,000 DSL lines, the agreements also enable MCI WorldCom and Qwest to
terminate their respective agreements under certain circumstances and to receive
offsets and credits under other circumstances. Therefore, MCI WorldCom and Qwest
might sell significantly fewer than 200,000 DSL lines, or we might receive
significantly lower revenues than we otherwise would.

THE MARKET IN WHICH WE OPERATE IS HIGHLY COMPETITIVE, AND WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
  COMPETE EFFECTIVELY, ESPECIALLY AGAINST ESTABLISHED INDUSTRY COMPETITORS WITH
  SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER FINANCIAL RESOURCES

    We will face competition from many competitors with significantly greater
financial resources, well-established brand names and large, existing installed
customer bases. We expect the level of competition to intensify in the future.
We expect significant competition from incumbent carriers, traditional and new
long distance carriers, cable modem service providers, Internet Service
Providers, wireless and satellite data service providers and other competitive
carriers. Incumbent carriers have existing metropolitan area networks and
circuit-switched local access networks. In addition, most incumbent carriers are
establishing their own Internet Service Provider businesses and are in some
stage of market trials and retail sales of DSL-based access services. Some
incumbent carriers have announced that they intend to aggressively market these
services to their residential customers at attractive prices. We believe that
incumbent carriers have the potential to quickly overcome many of the issues
that have delayed widespread deployment of DSL services in the past. In
addition, we may experience substantial customer turnover in the future. Many
providers of telecommunications and networking services experience high rates of
customer turnover.

                                       11
<PAGE>
    Many of the leading traditional long distance carriers, including AT&T
Corporation, MCI WorldCom and Sprint, are expanding their capabilities to
support high-speed, end-to-end networking services. The newer long distance
carriers, including Williams, Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Qwest, are
building and managing high bandwidth, nationwide packet networks and partnering
with Internet Service Providers to offer services directly to the public. Cable
modem service providers, like @Home Networks, are offering or preparing to offer
high-speed Internet access over hybrid fiber networks to consumers, and @Work
has positioned itself to do the same for businesses. Several new companies are
emerging as wireless, including satellite-based, data service providers.
Internet Service Providers, including some with significant and even nationwide
presences, provide Internet access to residential and business customers,
generally over the incumbent carriers' circuit switched networks, although some
have begun offering DSL-based access. Certain competitive carriers, including
Covad Communications Group, Inc. and NorthPoint Communications, Inc., have begun
offering DSL-based access services, and, like us, have attracted strategic
equity investors, marketing allies and product development partners. Others are
likely to do the same in the future. In addition, regional Internet Service
Providers and competitive carriers, including HarvardNet, Inc., Network Access
Solutions Corp. and DSL.net, Inc. have begun offering DSL-based access services
that compete with the services we offer. As a result of increasing competition
for our services, we are experiencing substantial price competition,
particularly with respect to sales generated through our indirect sales
channels.

    Many of these competitors are offering, or may soon offer, technologies and
services that will directly compete with some or all of our service offerings.
Some of the technologies used by these competitors for local access connections
include integrated services digital network (ISDN), DSL, wireless data and cable
modems. Some of the competitive factors in our markets include transmission
speed, reliability of service, breadth of service availability, price
performance, network security, ease of access and use, content bundling,
customer support, brand recognition, operating experience, capital availability
and exclusive contracts. We believe that we compare unfavorably with many of our
competitors with regard to, among other things, brand recognition, existing
relationships with end users, available pricing discounts, central office
access, capital availability and exclusive contracts. Substantially all of our
competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater resources than
us. We may not be able to compete effectively in our target markets. Our failure
to compete effectively would have a material and adverse effect on our business,
prospects, operating results and financial condition. For more details about our
competitors, please see "Business--Competition."

OUR NETWORK SERVICES MAY NOT ACHIEVE SIGNIFICANT MARKET ACCEPTANCE BECAUSE OUR
  PRICES ARE OFTEN HIGHER THAN THOSE CHARGED FOR COMPETING SERVICES

    Our prices are in some cases higher than those that our competitors charge
for some of their services. Prices for digital communications services have
fallen historically, and we expect prices in the industry in general, and for
the services we offer now and plan to offer in the future, to continue to fall.
We may be required to reduce prices periodically to respond to competition and
to generate increased sales volume. Our prices may not permit our network
services to gain a desirable level of commercial acceptance, and we may be
unable to sustain any current or future pricing levels. Due to these factors, we
cannot accurately forecast our revenues or the rate at which we will add new
customers.

WE WILL NEED SIGNIFICANT ADDITIONAL FUNDS, WHICH WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO OBTAIN

    The expansion and development of our business will require significant
additional capital. We intend to seek substantial additional financing in the
future to fund the growth of our operations, including funding the significant
capital expenditures and working capital requirements necessary for us to
provide service in our targeted markets. We believe that our current capital
resources will be sufficient to fund our aggregate capital expenditures and
working capital requirements, including

                                       12
<PAGE>
operating losses, through approximately June 2001. We will not have completed
our network rollout by this date and will need additional capital, whether or
not our estimate on how long current capital resources will last is accurate. In
addition, our actual funding requirements may differ materially if our
assumptions underlying this estimate turn out to be incorrect. Therefore, you
should consider our estimate in light of the following facts:

    - we have no meaningful history of operations or revenues;

    - our estimated funding requirements do not reflect any contingency amounts
      and may increase, perhaps substantially, if we are unable to generate
      revenues in the amount and within the time frame we expect or if we have
      unexpected cost increases; and

    - we face many challenges and risks, including those discussed elsewhere in
      "Risk Factors."

    We may be unable to obtain any future equity or debt financing on acceptable
terms or at all. Recently the financial markets have experienced extreme price
fluctuations. A market downturn or general market uncertainty may adversely
affect our ability to secure additional financing. The indentures that govern
the 1998 senior discount notes and the 1999 senior notes restrict our ability to
obtain additional debt financing. Any future borrowing instruments, such as
credit facilities and lease agreements, are likely to contain similar or more
restrictive covenants and could require us to pledge assets as security for the
borrowings. If we are unable to obtain additional capital or are required to
obtain it on terms less satisfactory than what we desire, we will need to delay
deployment of our network services or take other actions that could adversely
affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. If we
are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or obtain funds necessary to meet
required payments of our debt, then we will be in default on our debt
instruments. To date, our cash flow from operations has been insufficient to
cover our expenses and capital needs. For more details about our financial
condition, please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

OUR SERVICES ARE SUBJECT TO GOVERNMENT REGULATION, AND CHANGES IN CURRENT OR
  FUTURE LAWS OR REGULATIONS COULD RESTRICT THE WAY WE OPERATE OUR BUSINESS

    A significant portion of the services that we offer through our subsidiaries
is subject to regulation at the federal, state and/or local levels. Future
federal or state regulations and legislation may be less favorable to us than
current regulation and legislation and therefore have an adverse impact on our
business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. In addition, we
may expend significant financial and managerial resources to participate in
rule-setting proceedings at either the federal or state level, without achieving
a favorable result. The Federal Communications Commission prescribes rules
applicable to interstate communications, including rules implementing the 1996
Telecommunications Act, a responsibility it shares with the state regulatory
commissions. In particular, we believe that incumbent carriers will work
aggressively to modify or restrict the operation of many provisions of the 1996
Telecommunications Act. We expect incumbent carriers will pursue litigation in
courts, institute administrative proceedings with the Federal Communications
Commission and other regulatory agencies and lobby the United States Congress,
all in an effort to affect laws and regulations in a manner favorable to the
incumbent carriers and against the interest of competitive carriers such as us.
If the incumbent carriers succeed in any of their efforts, if these laws and
regulations change or if the administrative implementation of laws develops in
an adverse manner, these events could have a material and adverse effect on our
business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. For more details
about our regulatory situation, please see "Business--Government Regulation."

OUR FAILURE TO MANAGE GROWTH COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT US

    We have rapidly and significantly expanded our operations. We anticipate
further significant expansion of our operations in an effort to achieve our
network rollout and deployment objectives. Our

                                       13
<PAGE>
expansion to date has strained our management, financial controls, operations
systems, personnel and other resources. Any future rapid expansion would
increase these strains. If our marketing strategy is successful, we may
experience difficulties responding to customer demand for services and technical
support in a timely manner and in accordance with their expectations. As a
result, rapid growth of our business would make it difficult to implement
successfully our strategy to provide superior customer service. To manage any
growth of our operations, we must:

    - improve existing and implement new operational, financial and management
      information controls, reporting systems and procedures;

    - hire, train and manage additional qualified personnel;

    - expand and upgrade our core technologies; and

    - effectively manage multiple relationships with our customers, suppliers
      and other third parties.

    We may not be able to install management information and control systems in
an efficient and timely manner, and our current or planned personnel, systems,
procedures and controls may not be adequate to support our future operations.
Failure to manage our future growth effectively could adversely affect the
expansion of our customer base and service offerings. Any failure to
successfully address these issues could materially and adversely affect our
business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

OUR SUBSTANTIAL DEBT CREATES FINANCIAL AND OPERATING RISK

    We are highly leveraged, and we intend to seek additional debt funding in
the future. As of June 30, 1999, we had approximately $494.3 million of
outstanding debt, and our debt made up 66.8% of our capitalization. Please see
"Capitalization." We are not generating any meaningful revenue to fund our
operations or to repay our debt. Our substantial leverage poses the risks that:

    - we may be unable to repay our debt due to one or more events discussed in
      "Risk Factors;"

    - we may be unable to obtain additional financing;

    - we must dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to
      servicing our debt once our debt requires us to make cash interest
      payments, and any remaining cash flow may not be adequate to fund our
      planned operations; and

    - we may be more vulnerable during economic downturns, less able to
      withstand competitive pressures and less flexible in responding to
      changing business and economic conditions.

THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY IS UNDERGOING RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE, AND
  NEW TECHNOLOGIES MAY BE SUPERIOR TO THE TECHNOLOGY WE USE

    The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant
technological changes, such as continuing developments in DSL technology and
alternative technologies for providing high-speed data communications. We cannot
predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We will rely in
part on third parties, including certain of our competitors and potential
competitors, for the development of and access to communications and networking
technology. We expect that new products and technologies applicable to our
market will emerge. New products and technologies may be superior and/or render
obsolete the products and technologies that we currently use. Our future success
will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and adapt to technological
changes and evolving industry standards. We may be unable to obtain access to
new technology on acceptable terms or at all, and we may be unable to adapt to
new technologies and offer services in a competitive manner. Our joint
development projects with Cisco and MCI WorldCom and our strategic arrangement
with Microsoft may not produce useful technologies or services for us. Further,
new technologies and

                                       14
<PAGE>
products may not be compatible with our technologies and business plan. We
believe that the telecommunications industry must set standards to allow for the
compatibility of various products and technologies. However, the industry may
not set standards on a timely basis or at all. In addition, many of the products
and technologies that we intend to use in our network services are relatively
new and unproven and may be unreliable.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO EFFECTIVELY EXPAND OUR NETWORK SERVICES AND PROVIDE HIGH
  PERFORMANCE TO A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF END USERS

    Due to the limited deployment of our network services, we cannot guarantee
that our network will be able to connect and manage a substantial number of end
users at high transmission speeds. We may be unable to scale our network to
service a substantial number of end users while achieving high performance.
Further, our network may be unable to achieve and maintain competitive digital
transmission speeds. While digital transmission speeds of up to 7.1 Mbps are
possible on certain portions of our network, that speed is not available over a
majority of our network. Actual transmission speeds on our network will depend
on a variety of factors and many of these factors are beyond our control,
including the type of DSL technology deployed, the distance an end user is
located from a central office, the quality of the telephone lines, the presence
of interfering transmissions on nearby lines and other factors. As a result, we
may not be able to achieve and maintain digital transmission speeds that are
attractive in the market.

OUR SERVICES MAY SUFFER BECAUSE THE TELEPHONE LINES WE REQUIRE MAY BE
  UNAVAILABLE OR IN POOR CONDITION

    Our ability to provide DSL-based services to potential customers depends on
the quality, physical condition, availability and maintenance of telephone lines
within the control of the incumbent carriers. We believe that the current
condition of telephone lines in many cases will be inadequate to permit us to
fully implement our network services. In addition, the incumbent carriers may
not maintain the telephone lines in a condition that will allow us to implement
our network effectively. The telephone lines may not be of sufficient quality or
the incumbent carriers may claim they are not of sufficient quality to allow us
to fully implement or operate our network services. Further, some customers use
technologies other than copper lines to provide telephone services, and DSL
might not be available to these customers.

OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS ON OUR RETENTION OF CERTAIN KEY PERSONNEL AND ON THE
  PERFORMANCE OF THOSE PERSONNEL

    Our success depends on the performance of our officers and key employees,
especially our Chief Executive Officer. Members of our senior management team
have worked together for only a short period of time. We do not have "key
person" life insurance policies on any of our employees nor do we have
employment agreements for fixed terms with any of our employees. Any of our
employees, including any member of our senior management team, may terminate his
or her employment with us at any time. Given our early stage of development, we
depend on our ability to retain and motivate high quality personnel, especially
our management. Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to
identify, hire, train and retain highly qualified technical, sales, marketing
and customer service personnel. Moreover, the industry in which we compete has a
high level of employee mobility and aggressive recruiting of skilled personnel.
We may be unable to continue to employ our key personnel or to attract and
retain qualified personnel in the future. We face intense competition for
qualified personnel, particularly in software development, network engineering
and product management. For more details about our officers and key employees,
please see "Business--Employees" and "Management."

                                       15
<PAGE>
WE DEPEND ON THIRD PARTIES FOR EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION AND PROVISION OF FIELD
  SERVICE

    We currently plan to purchase all of our equipment from many vendors and
outsource the majority of the installation and field service of our networks to
third parties. Our reliance on third party vendors involves a number of risks,
including the absence of guaranteed capacity and reduced control over delivery
schedules, quality assurance, production yields and costs. If any of our
suppliers reduces or interrupts its supply, or if any significant installer or
field service provider interrupts its service to us, this reduction or
interruption could disrupt our business. Although multiple manufacturers
currently produce or are developing equipment that will meet our current and
anticipated requirements, our suppliers may be unable to manufacture and deliver
the amount of equipment we order, or the available supply may be insufficient to
meet our demand. Currently, almost all of the DSL modem and DSL multiplexing
equipment we use for a single connection over a copper line must come from the
same vendor since there are no existing interoperability standards for the
equipment used in our higher speed services. If our suppliers or licensors enter
into competition with us, or if our competitors enter into exclusive or
restrictive arrangements with the suppliers or licensors, then these events may
materially and adversely affect the availability and pricing of the equipment we
purchase and the technology we license.

A SYSTEM FAILURE OR BREACH OF NETWORK SECURITY COULD CAUSE DELAYS OR
  INTERRUPTIONS OF SERVICE TO OUR CUSTOMERS

    Our operations depend on our ability to avoid damages from fires,
earthquakes, floods, power losses, excessive sustained or peak user demand,
telecommunications failures, network software flaws, transmission cable cuts and
similar events. A natural disaster or other unanticipated problem at our owned
or leased facilities could interrupt our services. Additionally, if an incumbent
carrier, competitive carrier or other service provider fails to provide the
communications capacity we require, as a result of a natural disaster,
operational disruption or any other reason, then this failure could interrupt
our services.

    Despite the implementation of security measures, our network may be
vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive
problems. Corporate networks and Internet Service Providers have in the past
experienced, and may in the future experience, interruptions in service as a
result of accidental or intentional actions of Internet users, current and
former employees and others. Unauthorized access could also potentially
jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in the computer
systems of our customers, which might cause us to be liable to our customers,
and also might deter potential customers. Eliminating computer viruses and
alleviating other security problems may require interruptions, delays or
cessation of service to our customers and our customers' end users.

INTERFERENCE OR CLAIMS OF INTERFERENCE COULD DELAY OUR ROLLOUT OR HARM OUR
  SERVICES

    All transport technologies deployed on copper telephone lines have the
potential to interfere with, or to be interfered with by, other transport
technologies on the copper telephone lines. We believe that our DSL
technologies, like other transport technologies, do not interfere with existing
voice services. We believe that a workable plan that takes into account all
technologies could be implemented in a scalable way across all incumbent
carriers using existing plant engineering principles. There are several
initiatives underway to establish national standards and principles for the
deployment of DSL technologies. We believe that our technologies can be deployed
consistently with these evolving standards. Nevertheless, incumbent carriers may
claim that the potential for interference permits them to restrict or delay our
deployment of DSL services. Interference could degrade the performance of our
services or make us unable to provide service on selected lines. The procedures
to resolve interference issues between competitive carriers and incumbent
carriers are still being developed, and these procedures may not be effective.
We may be unable to successfully negotiate interference resolution procedures
with incumbent carriers. Moreover, incumbent carriers may make claims regarding

                                       16
<PAGE>
interference or unilaterally take action to resolve interference issues to the
detriment of our services. State or federal regulators could also institute
responsive actions. Interference, or claims of interference, if widespread,
would adversely affect our speed of deployment, reputation, brand image, service
quality and customer satisfaction and retention.

WE DEPEND ON THIRD PARTIES FOR FIBER OPTIC TRANSPORT FACILITIES

    We depend on the availability of fiber optic transmission facilities from
third parties to connect our equipment within and between metropolitan areas.
These third party fiber optic carriers include long distance carriers, incumbent
carriers and other competitive carriers. Many of these entities are, or may
become, our competitors. This approach includes a number of risks. For instance,
we may be unable to negotiate and renew favorable supply agreements. Further, we
depend on the timeliness of these companies to process our orders for customers
who seek to use our services. We have in the past experienced supply problems
with certain of our fiber optic suppliers, and they may not be able to meet our
needs on a timely basis in the future. Moreover, the fiber optic transport
providers whose networks we lease may be unable to obtain or maintain permits
and rights-of-way necessary to develop and operate existing and future networks.

UNCERTAIN FEDERAL AND STATE TAX AND OTHER SURCHARGES ON OUR SERVICES MAY
  INCREASE OUR PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

    Telecommunications providers pay a variety of surcharges and fees on their
gross revenues from interstate and intrastate services. The division of our
services between interstate and intrastate services is a matter of
interpretation, and in the future the Federal Communications Commission or
relevant state commission authorities may contest this division. A change in the
characterization of the jurisdiction of our services could cause our payment
obligations to increase. In addition, pursuant to periodic revisions by state
and federal regulators of the applicable surcharges, we may be subject to
increases in the surcharges and fees currently paid.

OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION MAY BE INADEQUATE TO PROTECT OUR
  PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, AND WE MAY BE SUBJECT TO INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS

    We rely on a combination of licenses, confidentiality agreements and other
contracts to establish and protect our technology and other intellectual
property rights. We have applied for trademarks and servicemarks on certain
terms and symbols that we believe are important for our business. We currently
have no patents or patent applications pending. The steps we have taken may be
inadequate to protect our technology or other intellectual property. Moreover,
our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to ours. Third parties may assert infringement claims
against us and, in the event of an unfavorable ruling on any claim, we may be
unable to obtain a license or similar agreement to use technology we rely upon
to conduct our business. We also rely on unpatented trade secrets and know-how
to maintain our competitive positions, which we seek to protect, in part, by
confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants and others. However,
these agreements may be breached or terminated, and we may not have adequate
remedies for any breach. In addition, our competitors may otherwise learn or
discover our trade secrets. Our management personnel were previously employees
of other telecommunications companies. In many cases, these individuals are
conducting activities for us in areas similar to those in which they were
involved prior to joining us. As a result, we or our employees could be subject
to allegations of violation of trade secrets and other similar claims.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH POTENTIAL GENERAL ECONOMIC DOWNTURN

    In the last few years the general health of the economy, particularly the
economy of California where we have conducted a significant portion of our
operations to date, has been relatively strong and

                                       17
<PAGE>
growing, a consequence of which has been increasing capital spending by
individuals and growing companies to keep pace with rapid technological
advances. To the extent the general economic health of the United States or of
California declines from recent historically high levels, or to the extent
individuals or companies fear a decline is imminent, these individuals and
companies may reduce expenditures such as those for our services. Any decline or
concern about an imminent decline could delay decisions among certain of our
customers to roll out our services or could delay decisions by prospective
customers to make initial evaluations of our services. Any delays would have a
material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, operating results and
financial condition.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SATISFY, OR MAY BE ADVERSELY CONSTRAINED BY, THE COVENANTS
  IN OUR EXISTING DEBT SECURITIES

    The indentures governing our 1998 senior discount notes and 1999 senior
notes impose significant restrictions on how we can conduct our business. For
example, the restrictions prohibit or limit our ability to incur additional
debt, make dividend payments and engage in certain business activities. The
restrictions may materially and adversely affect our ability to finance future
operations or capital needs or conduct additional business activities. Any
future senior debt that we may incur will likely impose additional restrictions
on us. If we fail to comply with any existing or future restrictions, we could
default under the terms of the applicable debt and be unable to meet our debt
obligations. If we default, the holders of the applicable debt could demand that
we repay the debt, including interest, immediately. We may be unable to make the
required payments or raise sufficient funds from alternative sources to make the
payments. Even if additional financing is available in the event that we
default, it may not be on acceptable terms.

OUR PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWN A SIGNIFICANT PERCENTAGE OF OUR
  COMPANY AND WILL BE ABLE TO EXERCISE SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE OVER OUR COMPANY

    Following this offering, our executive officers and directors and principal
stockholders together will beneficially own approximately 76.0% of the total
voting power of our company. Accordingly, these stockholders will be able to
determine the composition of our Board of Directors, will retain the voting
power to approve all matters requiring stockholder approval and will continue to
have significant influence over our affairs. This concentration of ownership
could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or
otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of
us, which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on the market price
of the common stock or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over
the market prices for their shares of common stock. Please see "Principal
Stockholders" for information about the ownership of common stock by our
executive officers, directors and principal stockholders.

OUR FAILURE AND THE FAILURE OF THIRD PARTIES TO BE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANT COULD
  NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS

    Many computer programs have been written using two digits rather than four
to define the applicable year. This poses a problem at the end of the century
because these computer programs may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900
rather than the year 2000. This, in turn, could result in major system failures
or miscalculations, and is generally referred to as the "Year 2000 issue." We
have formulated and, to a large extent, effected a plan to address our Year 2000
issues.

    Our Year 2000 plan applies to two areas: internal business systems and
compliance by external customers and providers. We have completed our Year 2000
compliance testing for all of our internal systems and believe that they are
Year 2000 compliant. Because we are a young company, we believe we have been
able to build our business systems with the Year 2000 issue in mind. Therefore,
there have been few Year 2000 changes required to our existing systems and
applications. We have substantially completed a compliance check of our external
customers and providers, except for the

                                       18
<PAGE>
incumbent carriers. Based on responses from these third parties, other than the
incumbent carriers, we have no information or data to suggest that they will not
experience Year 2000 problems that would materially and adversely affect our
business. We have not been able to conduct a compliance check of incumbent
carriers nor assess the incumbent carriers' Year 2000 compliance. To the extent
that one or more incumbent carriers or other third parties experience Year 2000
problems, our network and services could be adversely affected. Furthermore, the
purchasing patterns of our customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues as
companies expend significant resources to correct their current systems for Year
2000 compliance. These expenditures may result in reduced funds available for
our services. Any of these developments could have a material and adverse effect
on our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. We have
not fully determined the risks associated with the reasonably worst-case
scenario and have not formulated a contingency plan to address Year 2000 issues.
We do not expect to have a specific contingency plan in place in the future.

IF WE ARE REQUIRED TO REGISTER AS AN INVESTMENT COMPANY, WE WOULD BECOME SUBJECT
  TO SUBSTANTIAL REGULATION WHICH WOULD INTERFERE WITH OUR ABILITY TO CONDUCT
  OUR BUSINESS ACCORDING TO OUR BUSINESS PLAN

    As a result of our previous financings, we have substantial cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments. We plan to continue investing the excess
proceeds of these financings in short-term instruments consistent with prudent
cash management and not primarily for the purpose of achieving investment
returns. Investment in securities primarily for the purpose of achieving
investment returns could result in our being treated as an "investment company"
under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Investment Company Act requires
the registration of companies that are primarily in the business of investing,
reinvesting or trading securities or that fail to meet certain statistical tests
regarding their composition of assets and sources of income even though they
consider themselves not to be primarily engaged in investing, reinvesting or
trading securities.

    We believe that we are primarily engaged in a business other than investing
in or trading securities and, therefore, are not an investment company within
the meaning of the Investment Company Act. If the Investment Company Act
required us to register as an investment company, we would become subject to
substantial regulation with respect to our capital structure, management,
operations, transactions with affiliated persons and other matters. Application
of the provisions of the Investment Company Act to us would materially and
adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial
condition.

WE EXPECT OUR STOCK PRICE TO BE VOLATILE

    The trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to
be highly volatile. Our stock price could fluctuate widely in response to many
factors, including the following:

    - our historical and anticipated quarterly and annual operating results;

    - announcements of new products or services by us or our competitors or new
      competing technologies;

    - the addition or loss of business or service provider customers;

    - variations between our actual results and analyst and investor
      expectations;

    - investor perceptions of our company and comparable public companies;

    - conditions or trends in the telecommunications industry, including
      regulatory developments;

    - announcements by us of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships,
      joint ventures or capital commitments;

                                       19
<PAGE>
    - additions or departures of key personnel;

    - future equity or debt offerings or our announcements of such offerings;
      and

    - general market and economic conditions.

    In addition, in recent years the stock market in general, and the Nasdaq
National Market and the market for Internet and technology companies in
particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These
fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of these companies. These market and industry factors may materially
and adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating performance.

WE HAVE NOT PAID AND DO NOT INTEND TO PAY DIVIDENDS

    We have not paid any dividends, and we do not intend to pay cash dividends
in the foreseeable future. Our current financing documents contain provisions
which restrict our ability to pay dividends.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR STOCKHOLDERS

    Our Board of Directors has adopted a stockholder rights plan. Our
stockholder rights plan would cause substantial dilution to any person or group
that attempts to acquire our company on terms not approved in advance by our
Board of Directors. In addition, some of the provisions that may be included in
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a
merger or acquisition at a premium price. These provisions include:

    - authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock;

    - providing for a classified Board of Directors with staggered, three-year
      terms;

    - eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of
      stockholders;

    - limiting the removal of directors by the stockholders to removal for
      cause; and

    - requiring a super-majority stockholder vote to effect certain amendments.

    In addition, certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and
our stockholder rights plan may deter someone from acquiring or merging with us,
including a transaction that results in stockholders receiving a premium over
the market price for the shares of common stock held by them. Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law also imposes certain restrictions on mergers
and other business combinations between us and any holder of more than 15% and
less than 85% of our common stock. For more details about these provisions,
please see "Description of Capital Stock--Possible Anti-Takeover Matters."

    The indentures governing our 1998 senior discount notes and 1999 senior
notes require us to offer to repurchase all such notes for 101% of their
principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, plus any accrued
interest and liquidated damages, within 30 days after a change of control. For
more details about these indentures, please see "Description of Certain
Indebtedness." We might not have sufficient funds available at the time of any
change of control to make any required payment, as well as any payment that may
be required pursuant to any other outstanding indebtedness at the time,
including our indebtedness to equipment financing lenders. These covenants may
also deter third parties from entering into a change of control transaction with
us. Furthermore, following the occurrence of certain change-of-control events,
we must offer to repurchase for cash all of the outstanding warrants issued in
connection with the senior discount notes.

                                       20
<PAGE>
THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY DECLINE DUE TO SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market following
this offering, or the appearance that a large number of shares is available for
sale, could adversely affect the market price for the common stock. The number
of shares of common stock available for sale in the public market is limited by
lock-up agreements that were entered into in connection with our initial public
offering and this offering. Under such lock-up agreements, the holders of
approximately 77.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock agreed not to sell
or otherwise dispose of any of their shares until October 4, 1999 and holders of
approximately 76.1% have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their
shares for a period of 90 days after the date of the prospectus covering our
secondary offering in August 1999. However, Merrill Lynch and Salomon Smith
Barney may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all
or any portion of the securities subject to such lock-up agreements. In addition
to the adverse effect a price decline could have on holders of common stock,
that decline would likely impede our ability to raise capital through the
issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities. Please
see "Description of Capital Stock-- Registration Rights" and "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale."

YOU WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

    Assuming an offering price of $34.88 per share, which was the closing price
of our common stock on September 20, 1999, the public offering price is
substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of the
outstanding common stock after this offering. Accordingly, if you purchase
common stock in this offering at the offering price of $34.88 per share, you
will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $32.00 in the net tangible book
value per share of the common stock from the price you pay for the common stock
in this offering.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The selling stockholders will sell all of the shares offered by this
prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares. We
will pay some of the expenses relating to this offering, which we estimate will
total approximately $0.3 million.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

    We have not paid any dividends since our inception and do not intend to pay
any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the
terms of the indentures relating to the 1998 senior discount notes and the 1999
senior notes restrict our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock.

                        PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

    Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "RTHM" since April 7, 1999, the date of our initial public offering.
Prior to April 7, 1999, there was no public market for our common stock. The
following table shows, for the period indicated, the high and low closing daily
sales prices for our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    HIGH         LOW
                                                                                    -----        ---
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999:
  Second Quarter (from April 7, 1999 through June 30, 1999)....................   $      931/8 $      451/4
  Third Quarter (through September 20, 1999)...................................          681 /16        311/4
</TABLE>

    On September 20, 1999, the last reported sale price for our common stock on
the Nasdaq National Market was $34.88 per share. As of August 31, 1999, there
were approximately 150 holders of record.

                                       21
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

    The following unaudited table shows our capitalization as of June 30, 1999:

    - on an actual basis;

    - pro forma to give effect to the net exercise of warrants issued in
      connection with our 1998 senior discount notes to purchase 3,961,862
      shares of common stock prior to our offering that closed on August 17,
      1999 and to give effect to the sale of 594,279 shares of common stock on
      September 14, 1999 for net proceeds of $16.4 million, before deducting
      related expenses; and

    - as adjusted to give effect to the net exercise of warrants issued in
      connection with our 1998 senior discount notes to purchase 770,705 shares
      of common stock prior to the consummation of this offering.

    Please read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements, the related notes to the financial statements and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    The restricted cash balances below reflect the portion of the net proceeds
from the issuance of the 12 3/4% senior notes that were used to purchase a
portfolio of U.S. government securities to fund the first six scheduled interest
payments on the notes.

    The bank note consists of a $1.0 million note payable to Silicon Valley Bank
which is being amortized over a 36-month period that ends in April 2001.

    The common stock component of stockholders' equity excludes 37,339 shares of
common stock issued between July 1, 1999 and August 31, 1999 upon the exercise
of options. The balances also exclude 2,974,031 shares of our common stock
issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and 4,782,725 shares of our
common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of August 31,
1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
                                                                            -------------------------------------
                                                                              ACTUAL      PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.........................  $   516,025  $   531,940   $ 531,640
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Restricted cash...........................................................  $   113,211  $   113,211   $ 113,211
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Debt:
  Bank note...............................................................  $       611  $       611   $     611
  13 1/2% senior discount notes due 2008..................................      168,701      168,701     168,701
  12 3/4% senior notes due 2009...........................................      325,000      325,000     325,000
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total debt............................................................      494,312      494,312     494,312
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Mandatorily redeemable common stock warrants..............................        6,567        1,070          --
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized actual,
    pro forma and as adjusted; 72,708,777 shares issued actual, 77,264,918
    shares issued pro forma and 78,035,623 shares issued as adjusted......           73           77          78
  Treasury stock, at cost; 486,595 shares.................................          (20)         (20)        (20)
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................      344,394      366,302     367,371
  Warrants................................................................       10,247       10,247      10,247
  Deferred compensation...................................................      (10,086)     (10,086)    (10,086)
  Accumulated deficit.....................................................     (105,511)    (106,011)   (106,311)
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................      239,097      260,509     261,279
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total capitalization................................................  $   739,976  $   755,891   $ 755,591
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION

    As of June 30, 1999 we had an as adjusted net tangible book value of
approximately $223.4 million, or $2.88 per share of our common stock, after
giving effect to the exercise of warrants issued in connection with the 1998
senior discount notes to purchase 3,961,862 shares of our common stock prior to
our offering that closed on August 17, 1999 and the exercise of warrants to
purchase 770,705 shares of our common stock prior to the consummation of this
offering and after giving effect to the sale of 594,279 shares of our common
stock on September 14, 1999. As adjusted net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of our as adjusted total tangible assets reduced by our
total liabilities, after giving effect to this offering, the offering closed on
August 17, 1999 and the sale of our common stock on September 14, 1999, divided
by the as adjusted number of shares of our common stock outstanding, excluding
treasury stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of
common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. As a result, our as
adjusted net tangible book value per share will neither increase nor decrease.

    Assuming that the new investors purchase shares at a price of $34.88, which
was the closing price of our common stock on September 20, 1999, such new
investors will have an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $32.00
per share. Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the
difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our
common stock in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per
share of our common stock as of June 30, 1999. The following table illustrates
this per share dilution:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Public offering price per share...................................  $   34.88
<S>                                                                 <C>
As adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 1999        2.88
                                                                    ---------
Dilution per share to new investors...............................  $   32.00
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

                                       23
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following statement of operations data for the period from February 27,
1997 to December 31, 1997, the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the
six-month periods ended June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999, and the balance sheet
data as of December 31, 1997, December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 (actual) have
been derived from our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to
the financial statements. The following selected consolidated financial data
should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the
related notes to the financial statements and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this prospectus.

    In the following table:

    - EBITDA consists of the net loss excluding net interest, depreciation and
      amortization of capital assets, deferred business acquisition costs and
      deferred compensation expense. EBITDA is presented to enhance an
      understanding of our operating results and is not intended to represent
      cash flow or results of operations in accordance with generally accepted
      accounting principles for the period indicated and may be calculated
      differently from EBITDA for other companies.

    - Adjusted EBITDA reflects EBITDA excluding total operating lease expenses
      to GATX Capital Corporation and Cisco Capital Corporation for the year
      ended December 31, 1998 and the six months ended June 30, 1998 and June
      30, 1999 which were $1,592,000, $105,000 and $6,213,000, respectively. No
      amounts were incurred for operating leases for the period ended December
      31, 1997.

    - The pro forma balances adjust the actual information to give effect to the
      net exercise of warrants issued in connection with our 1998 senior
      discount notes to purchase 3,961,862 shares of common stock prior to our
      offering closed on August 17, 1999 and to give effect to the sale of
      594,279 shares of common stock on September 14, 1999 for net proceeds of
      $16.4 million, before deducting related expenses.

    - The as adjusted balances adjust the pro forma information to give effect
      to the net exercise of warrants issued in connection with our 1998 senior
      discount notes to purchase 770,705 shares of our common stock prior to the
      consummation of this offering.

    - The restricted cash balances in the balance sheet data table reflect the
      portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of our 12 3/4% senior notes
      that were used to purchase a portfolio of U.S. government securities to
      fund the first six scheduled interest payments on the notes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    FEBRUARY 27, 1997   YEAR ENDED   ----------------------------
                                                     (INCEPTION) TO    DECEMBER 31,  JUNE 30, 1998  JUNE 30, 1999
                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1997      1998       (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                    -----------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>           <C>            <C>
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenue.........................................      $      --       $      528    $        82    $     2,300
  Operating expenses:
    Network and service costs.....................             --            4,695            665         18,170
    Selling, marketing, general and
      administrative..............................          2,534           23,153          6,984         36,118
    Depreciation and amortization.................              1            1,081             35          3,796
                                                          -------      ------------  -------------  -------------
      Total operating expenses....................          2,535           28,929          7,684         58,084
                                                          -------      ------------  -------------  -------------
  Loss from operations............................         (2,535)         (28,401)        (7,602)       (55,784)
  Interest and other income (expense), net........            113           (7,933)        (1,547)       (10,971)
                                                          -------      ------------  -------------  -------------
  Net loss........................................      $  (2,422)      $  (36,334)   $    (9,149)   $   (66,755)
                                                          -------      ------------  -------------  -------------
  Net loss per share (basic and diluted)..........      $   (1.12)      $   (12.18)   $     (4.02)   $     (1.97)
                                                          -------      ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                          -------      ------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    FEBRUARY 27, 1997   YEAR ENDED   ----------------------------
                                                     (INCEPTION) TO    DECEMBER 31,  JUNE 30, 1998  JUNE 30, 1999
                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1997      1998       (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                    -----------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>           <C>            <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA..........................................      $  (2,342)      $  (26,562)   $    (7,329)   $   (50,341)
  Adjusted EBITDA.................................         (2,342)         (24,970)        (7,224)       (44,128)
  Net cash used for operating activities..........         (1,560)         (19,024)        (5,529)       (45,900)
  Net cash used for investing activities..........         (1,345)        (139,032)        (6,485)      (304,288)
  Net cash provided by financing activities.......         13,071          169,205        165,216        626,056
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
                                                   AS OF         AS OF                  (UNAUDITED)
                                                DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  ------------------------------------
                                                    1997          1998        ACTUAL     PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                ------------  ------------  ----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
    investments...............................   $   10,166    $  136,812   $  516,025   $ 531,940    $ 531,640
  Restricted cash.............................           --            --      113,211     113,211      113,211
  Equipment and furniture, net................        1,621        11,510       73,243      73,243       73,243
  Total assets................................       12,241       171,726      789,315     805,230      804,930
  Total debt..................................          568       158,270      494,312     494,312      494,312
  Mandatorily redeemable common stock
    warrants..................................           --         6,567        6,567       1,070           --
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........       10,346        (6,747)     239,097     260,509      261,279
</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

    We are a leading service provider of high-speed local access networking
solutions using DSL technology to businesses. We began offering commercial
services in our first market in April 1998, and currently offer service in a
total of 17 markets: San Diego, San Francisco, San Jose, Oakland/East Bay,
Chicago, Los Angeles, Orange County, Boston, Sacramento, New York, Philadelphia,
Washington D.C., Detroit, Denver, Seattle, Portland and Baltimore. We intend to
continue our network rollout into an additional 16 markets in 1999 and a further
17 markets by the end of 2000.

    Since our inception in February 1997, our primary activities have consisted
of:

    - obtaining required governmental authorizations;

    - negotiating and executing interconnection agreements with incumbent
      carriers;

    - entering into strategic alliances;

    - identifying collocation space and locations for our connection points,
      metro service centers and business offices;

    - acquiring and deploying equipment and facilities;

    - launching service trials;

    - hiring management and other personnel;

    - raising capital; and

    - developing and integrating our operations support system and other back
      office systems.

    We have incurred operating losses, net losses and negative operating cash
flow for each month since our formation. As of June 30, 1999, we had an
accumulated deficit of approximately $105.5 million. We intend to substantially
increase our expenditures and operating expenses in an effort to rapidly expand
our infrastructure and network services. We expect to incur substantial
operating losses, net losses and negative cash flow during the network build-out
and initial penetration of each new market we enter. These losses are expected
to continue for at least the next several years.

    In March 1999, we entered into separate strategic arrangements with MCI
WorldCom and Microsoft. As part of our strategic arrangements, MCI WorldCom's
investment fund and Microsoft each invested $30 million in us. The MCI WorldCom
arrangement also designates us as the first choice in its alternative carrier
access provisioning system for DSL services in certain circumstances, and
provides that MCI WorldCom is committed to sell at least 100,000 of our DSL
lines over a period of five years, subject to penalties for failure to reach
target commitments. In turn, we have designated MCI WorldCom as our preferred
provider of network services in certain circumstances. In our Microsoft
arrangement, we will jointly distribute with Microsoft a co-branded DSL version
of the Microsoft Network (MSN) service focused on our small business customers
and on our customers' teleworkers. In April 1999, we entered into a customer
relationship with Qwest Communications Corporation, in connection with which
Qwest's subsidiary, U.S. Telesource, Inc., invested $15 million in us. Qwest has
committed to purchase from us performance class DSL services for re-sale to its
customers. In return, we have agreed to use Qwest's network and application
hosting services in certain situations. The combined DSL line commitment from
Qwest and MCI WorldCom totals 200,000 lines over several years.

    As a result of recent business relationships arising from preferred stock
and warrant issuances and of previous stock option grants, we anticipate that
there will be significant charges to earnings in future

                                       26
<PAGE>
periods. We estimate that these charges to earnings will total approximately
$6.2 million per year over each of the next several years.

FACTORS AFFECTING OPERATIONS

    REVENUE

    The following factors affect our revenue:

    - SERVICE OFFERING. We derive a majority of our operating revenue from DSL
      access and wide area network services. For both local access and wide area
      network connections, we bill our customers for monthly recurring charges
      based on the data transfer speeds selected by the customer. We offer flat
      rate plans for our services. In addition to monthly service fees, we bill
      users for nonrecurring service activation and installation charges. We
      also charge both monthly and nonrecurring charges to each customer for the
      high-speed connection between our metro service center and the customer's
      router. To encourage potential customers to adopt our services, we
      sometimes offer reduced prices for an initial period of time. We expect
      that, as a result of competitive forces, our prices will decline over
      time.

    - PENETRATION OF TARGET MARKETS. We base our target market assessment on the
      number of local area networks in each market, which we believe is the best
      indication of data intensive business density and potential customers for
      our services. According to a leading data communications industry source,
      the total number of business local area networks in the United States is
      approximately 1.5 million, with an average of 40 users per local area
      network. Initially, DSL is expected to reach over 70% of the businesses
      and residences served from the central offices. Within each metropolitan
      area, we expect to collocate in the appropriate number of central offices
      to cover 75% of the total market opportunity.

    - TURNOVER. To date, our customer turnover has been minimal. We expect this
      to increase in the future as competition intensifies.

    NETWORK AND SERVICE COSTS

    Our network and service costs are generally comprised of the following:

    - EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION CHARGES. In each market, we will require a number
      of field service technicians to install customer premises equipment at end
      user locations. We currently outsource most of this function.

    - MONTHLY RECURRING AND NONRECURRING LINE AND SERVICE CHARGES. We pay
      incumbent carriers a one-time installation and activation fee and a
      monthly service fee for each copper line.

    - METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK TRANSPORT CHARGES. We incur charges for
      transport between our connection points and our metro service centers.
      Currently, these charges are typically for DS-3 services from a
      competitive carrier or incumbent carrier. These charges also include
      customer connections to our network.

    - NETWORK FACILITIES OPERATING EXPENSES. We incur various recurring costs at
      our network locations. These costs include facility rent and utility
      costs.

    - WIDE AREA NETWORK CONNECTION CHARGES. We pay long distance carriers a
      one-time installation and activation fee and a monthly service fee for
      wide area network connections over a frame relay or Asynchronous Transfer
      Mode network. We are currently leasing these services from long distance
      carriers.

    - EQUIPMENT OPERATING LEASE EXPENSES. We currently take advantage of
      short-term operating leases to finance the acquisition of substantially
      all of our network equipment, including DSL

                                       27
<PAGE>
      multiplexers, Asynchronous Transfer Mode switches and routers. We may
      decide to purchase and to capitalize some or all of this equipment in the
      future.

    - LINE REPAIR AND SUPPORT COSTS. Similar to other telecommunications
      providers, we estimate that a small percentage of our lines may require
      repair or support. These costs will consist of field dispatch labor and a
      portion of our network operations center costs.

    SELLING, MARKETING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS

    Our selling, marketing, general and administrative expenses include customer
service and technical support, information systems, billing and collections,
general management and overhead, and administrative functions. Headcount in
functional areas, such as customer service, engineering and operations, will
increase as we expand our network, and if our number of customers increases.

    - SALES AND MARKETING COSTS. Our sales and marketing efforts focus on
      attracting and retaining service providers, including national and
      regional Internet Service Providers, national and regional systems and
      network integrators, value-added resellers, competitive carriers and long
      distance carriers, as well as large business customers.

    - GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS. As we expand our network, we expect the
      number of employees located in specific markets to grow. Certain
      functions, such as customer service, network operations, finance, billing
      and site planning, are likely to remain centralized in order to achieve
      economies of scale.

    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

    Depreciation expense arising from our network equipment will be minimal
since leased equipment expenses will reflect most of the cost and financing of
this equipment. Collocation fees are capitalized and amortized over an estimated
useful life of ten years.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

    REVENUE AND NETWORK AND SERVICE COSTS

    We recorded $2.3 million in revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1999
compared to $82,000 in revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1998. Our
network and service costs for the six-month periods were $18.2 million in 1999
compared to $665,000 in 1998. The increases in both revenues and costs resulted
from the continued expansion of our operations, as more fully detailed above.

    SELLING, MARKETING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

    During the first half of 1999, our selling, marketing, general, and
administrative expenses were $36.1 million, which compares to $7.0 million
during the first half of 1998. This increase resulted primarily from additional
salary, overhead, marketing, and legal expenses associated with our continuing
expansion, as more fully detailed above.

    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

    Depreciation and amortization for the six-month periods was $2.1 million in
1999 and $35,000 in 1998. As we continue our expansion into additional markets
and central offices, as discussed above, we employ additional equipment and
collocation sites that we begin depreciating when we place them in service.

                                       28
<PAGE>
    The increase in amortized deferred business acquisition costs between years
from zero in 1998 to $1.7 million in 1999 is a result of the Microsoft and Qwest
business relationships as discussed above.

    OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

    Interest income was $8.3 million and interest expense was $19.4 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1999. This compares to interest income of $1.7
million and interest expense of $3.2 million for the same six-month period in
1998. The increases in 1999 resulted from our financing activities that are
described above. These financing activities included our initial public offering
of common stock and our issuance of senior debt in April 1999. We invested the
proceeds from these financings, which provided increased interest income.
Interest and issue cost amortization on the debt, however, contributed to a
large increase in interest expense for 1999.

    INCOME TAXES

    We continue to be in a net operating loss tax position through June 30,
1999; consequently, we have not recorded a provision for income taxes for
periods through June 30, 1999.

  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

    REVENUE

    We did not offer commercial services in 1997 and, as a result, did not
record any revenue in 1997. During the year ended December 31, 1998, we
continued the development of our business operations, commencing service in the
San Diego market in April, the San Francisco, the Oakland/East Bay and San Jose
markets in July, the Los Angeles and Orange County markets in September and the
Chicago market in October. We recorded revenue of $528,000 during this period,
which was primarily from DSL service and installation charges, net of discounts
given to customers.

    NETWORK AND SERVICE COSTS

    Since we did not offer commercial services in 1997, we did not record any
network or service costs in 1997. For the year ended December 31, 1998, we
recorded network and service costs of $4.7 million. We expect network and
service costs to increase significantly in future periods as we expand our
network into additional markets.

    SELLING, MARKETING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

    From inception through December 31, 1997 selling, marketing, general and
administrative expenses were $2.5 million and consisted primarily of salaries
and legal and consulting fees incurred to establish a management team and
develop our business. For the year ended December 31, 1998, we recorded selling,
marketing, general and administrative expenses of $23.2 million. This increase
is attributable to a continued increase in staffing levels, increased marketing
efforts coinciding with the launch of commercial services and increased legal
fees associated with the development of additional markets. We expect selling,
marketing, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase
significantly as we expand our business.

    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

    Depreciation from network equipment is minimal since substantially all of
this equipment is currently leased. Depreciation and amortization was $1,000 for
the period from inception through December 31, 1997 and was $1.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was due to the commencement of our
operations in 1998. We expect depreciation and amortization to increase
significantly in future periods as we increase capital expenditures to expand
our network.

                                       29
<PAGE>
    OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

    Other income and expense consists primarily of interest income from our cash
and short-term investments and interest expense associated with our debt. From
inception through December 31, 1997 net interest income was $113,000, which was
primarily attributable to the interest income earned from the proceeds raised in
our Series A preferred stock financing. For the year ended December 31, 1998, we
recorded net interest expense of $8.0 million, consisting of interest income of
$5.8 million generated from invested cash balances, offset by $13.8 million in
interest expense. The increase in the interest expense is substantially due to
the accretion of interest on the senior discount notes that were issued in May
1998.

    INCOME TAXES

    We generated net operating loss carryforwards of $2.1 million from inception
to December 31, 1997 and $35.0 million during the year ended December 31, 1998.
We expect significant consolidated losses for the foreseeable future which will
generate additional net operating loss carryforwards. However, our ability to
use net operating losses may be subject to annual limitations. In addition,
income taxes may be payable during this time due to operating income in certain
tax jurisdictions. In the future, if we achieve operating profits and the net
operating losses have been exhausted or have expired, we may experience
significant tax expense. We recognized no provision for taxes because we
operated at a loss throughout 1997 and 1998.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    The development and expansion of our business requires significant capital
expenditures. These capital expenditures primarily include build-out costs such
as the procurement, design and construction of our connection points and one or
two metro service center locations in each market, as well as other costs that
support our network design.

    The number of targeted central offices in each market varies, as does the
average capital cost to build our connection points in such market. Capital
expenditures, including payments for collocation fees, were $87.7 million during
the first half of 1999. We expect our capital expenditures to be higher in
future periods, arising primarily from payments of collocation fees and the
purchase of infrastructure equipment necessary for the development and expansion
of our network.

    Through June 30, 1999, we have financed our operations and market build-outs
primarily through:

    - issuing 12.75 percent senior notes in April 1999 for $314.5 million in net
      proceeds;

    - issuing common stock in April 1999 in our initial public offering for
      $210.1 million in net proceeds;

    - issuing 13.50 percent senior discount notes in May 1998 for $144.0 million
      in net proceeds;

    - private placements of equity totaling $105.8 million; and

    - executing equipment lease lines totaling $68.5 million.

    As of June 30, 1999, we had $629.2 million in cash and investments and we
had an accumulated deficit of $105.5 million.

    For the year ended December 31, 1998, the net cash used in our operating
activities was $19.0 million. This cash was used for a variety of operating
purposes, including salaries, consulting and legal expenses, network operations
and overhead expense. Our net cash used for investing activities for the year
ended December 31, 1998 was $139.0 million and was used primarily for purchases
of short-term investments and equipment and payments of collocation fees. Net
cash provided by financing

                                       30
<PAGE>
activities for the year ended December 31, 1998 was $169.2 million and primarily
came from the issuance of the senior discount notes and of preferred stock.

    For the six months ended June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999, we used cash of
$5.5 million and $45.9 million, respectively, in our operating activities.
Salaries, consulting and legal expenses, network operations and overhead
expenses all contributed to the operating cash expenditures. For the six months
ended June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999, we used net cash of $6.5 million and
$304.3 million, respectively, for investing activities. We used this cash
primarily for purchases of short-term investments and equipment and payments of
collocation fees. Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 and June 30, 1999 was $165.2 million and $626.1 million,
respectively. These funds were generated primarily from the issuances of equity
and senior debt as described above.

    We had $136.8 million in cash and investments at the beginning of 1999.
During the first half of 1999, we received $75.0 million from selling Series C
and Series D preferred stock and warrants, we received $213.0 million from the
sale of common stock, we received $314.5 million from issuing senior debt and we
received $23.8 million from the sale/leaseback of operating equipment.

    Our capital requirements may vary based upon the timing and success of our
rollout and as a result of regulatory, technological, and competitive
developments or if

    - demand for our services or our anticipated cash flow from operations is
      less or more than expected;

    - our development plans or projections change or prove to be inaccurate;

    - we engage in any acquisitions; or

    - we accelerate deployment of our network services or otherwise alter the
      schedule or targets of our rollout plan.

    We have not paid any dividends to our shareholders and will not pay
dividends for the foreseeable future. Our senior notes contain covenants that
restrict our ability to make certain payments, including dividend payments.

    We believe that our existing cash and investment balances as of June 30,
1999, together with the anticipated future revenue generated from operations,
will be sufficient to fund our operating losses, capital expenditures, lease
payments, and interest payments through approximately June 2001. We expect our
operating losses and capital expenditures to increase substantially in the
near-term, primarily due to our network expansion. We expect that additional
financing will be required in the future. We may attempt to raise financing
through some combination of commercial bank borrowings, leasing, vendor
financings, or the private or public sale of equity or debt securities. Future
equity or debt financings may not be available to us at all, or, if available,
may not be on favorable terms. If we are unable to obtain financing in the
future, we will continue the expansion of our operations on a reduced scale
based on our existing capital resources.

IMPACT OF THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

    Many computer programs have been written using two digits rather than four
to define the applicable year. This poses a problem at the end of the century
because these computer programs may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900
rather than the year 2000. This, in turn, could result in major system failures
or miscalculations, and is generally referred to as the "Year 2000 issue." We
have formulated and, to a large extent, effected a plan to address our Year 2000
issues.

    Our Year 2000 plan applies to two areas: internal business systems and
compliance by external customers and providers. We have completed our Year 2000
compliance testing for all of our internal systems and believe that they are
Year 2000 compliant. Because we are a young company, we believe

                                       31
<PAGE>
we have been able to build our business systems with the Year 2000 issue in
mind. Therefore, there have been few Year 2000 changes required to our existing
systems and applications. We have substantially completed a compliance check of
our external customers and providers, except for the incumbent carriers. Based
on responses from these third parties, other than the incumbent carriers, we
have no information or data to suggest that they will not experience Year 2000
problems that would materially and adversely affect our business. We have not
been able to conduct a compliance check of incumbent carriers nor assess the
incumbent carriers' Year 2000 compliance. To the extent that one or more
incumbent carriers or other third parties experience Year 2000 problems, our
network and services could be adversely affected. Furthermore, the purchasing
patterns of our customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues as companies
expend significant resources to correct their current systems for Year 2000
compliance. These expenditures may result in reduced funds available for our
services. Any of these developments could have a material and adverse effect on
our business, prospects, operating results and ability to repay our debt,
including the notes. We have not fully determined the risks associated with the
reasonably worst-case scenario and have not formulated a contingency plan to
address Year 2000 issues. We do not expect to have a specific contingency plan
in place in the future.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    The preceding discussion and analysis is based on our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this
prospectus.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking
statements address, among other things:

    - our network rollout plans and strategies;

    - development and management of our business;

    - our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel;

    - success of our strategic alliances;

    - our ability to attract and retain customers;

    - the extent of acceptance of our services;

    - the market opportunity and trends in the markets for our services;

    - our ability to upgrade our technologies;

    - prices of telecommunication services;

    - the nature of regulatory requirements that apply to us;

    - our ability to obtain any required governmental authorizations;

    - our future capital expenditures and needs;

    - our ability to obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms;

    - our ability to implement a Year 2000 readiness program;

    - our ability to compete; and

    - the extent and nature of competition.

                                       32
<PAGE>
    These statements may be found in this section, in the front inside cover of
this prospectus, in the sections of this prospectus entitled "Summary," "Risk
Factors," "Use of Proceeds" and "Business" and in this prospectus generally.

    We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations
and projections about future events. However, our actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of risks facing us, including risks stated in "Risk Factors," or faulty
assumptions on our part. For example, assumptions that could cause actual
results to vary materially from future results include, but are not limited to:

    - our ability to successfully market our services to current and new
      customers;

    - our ability to generate customer demand for our services in our target
      markets;

    - the development of our target market and market opportunities;

    - market pricing for our services and for competing services;

    - the extent of increasing competition;

    - our ability to acquire funds to expand our network;

    - the ability of our equipment and service suppliers to meet our needs;

    - trends in regulatory, legislative and judicial developments;

    - our ability to manage growth of our operations; and

    - our ability to access regions and enter into suitable interconnection
      agreements with incumbent carriers.

    We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking
events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

                                       33
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

    In December 1997 and May 1998 we entered into 36-month lease lines for an
aggregate $26.5 million in lease financing with Sun Financial Group, Inc., now
GATX Capital Corporation, under which we lease office equipment,
telecommunications equipment, network equipment and furniture on an operating
lease basis. In connection with this leasing arrangement, we issued to GATX a
warrant to purchase 574,380 shares of our common stock at a price of $1.85 per
share. GATX transferred warrants to purchase an aggregate of 258,472 of these
shares to two parties. These transferred warrants have been exercised. The
remaining GATX warrant, exercisable for 315,908 shares of common stock, is
immediately exercisable. In March 1999, we entered into additional 36-month
lease lines for an aggregate of up to $24 million in lease financing with GATX
to be used for equipment. In connection with these March 1999 leases, we issued
to GATX warrants to purchase an aggregate of 45,498 shares of our common stock
at a price of $10.55 per share. These warrants are immediately exercisable. In
July 1999, we entered into an additional 36-month lease line for an aggregate of
up to $26 million in lease financing with GATX to be used for equipment. In
connection with this July 1999 lease, we issued to GATX a warrant to purchase
10,000 shares of common stock at a price of $50 per share. This warrant is
immediately exercisable. In April 1999, we entered into an agreement with Cisco
Systems Capital Corporation for up to $20 million in equipment lease financing
and issued to Cisco a warrant to purchase up to 75,000 shares of common stock at
an exercise price per share of $10.55. This warrant is immediately exercisable.

    We also have outstanding $290 million in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of senior discount notes, which we issued in May 1998. These 13 1/2%
notes were issued at a discount and raised net proceeds of approximately $144.0
million. These notes are senior unsecured obligations that mature with a
principal amount of $290 million on May 15, 2008. The discount amount is being
accreted to interest expense for the first five years of the 1998 senior
discount notes; cash interest on the 1998 senior discount notes will not accrue
prior to May 15, 2003, but will do so after that date and will be payable
semi-annually each year, commencing November 15, 2003. The 1998 senior discount
notes are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time after May
15, 2003 and, prior to May 15, 2001, out of the proceeds of certain equity
offerings, at predetermined redemption prices together with accrued and unpaid
interest through the date of redemption. Upon a change of control, each holder
of the 1998 senior discount notes may require us to repurchase the notes at 101%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase. The 1998 senior discount notes contain restrictive covenants,
including limitations on future indebtedness, restricted payments, transactions
with affiliates, liens, sale of stock of subsidiaries, dividends, mergers and
transfers of assets.

    In addition, in April 1999 we issued $325 million aggregate principal amount
of 12 3/4% senior notes due 2009. In that offering, we raised net proceeds of
approximately $314.5 million, of which approximately $113.2 million was used to
purchase a portfolio of U.S. government securities to secure payment of the
first six scheduled interest payments on the senior notes. These senior notes
are our general unsecured obligations that mature on April 15, 2009. The senior
notes are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time after April
15, 2004 at predetermined redemption prices, together with any accrued and
unpaid interest and liquidated damages through the date of redemption. Upon a
change of control, each holder of the senior notes may require us to purchase
the notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid
interest and liquidated damages to the date of purchase. The senior notes
contain restrictive covenants, including limitations on future indebtedness,
restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, liens, sale of stock of
subsidiaries, entering new lines of business, dividends, mergers and transfers
of assets.

                                       34
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

OUR COMPANY

    We are a leading service provider of high-speed local access networking
solutions using DSL technology to businesses. We have designed our network to
give our customers a high-speed "always on" local connection to the Internet and
to private local and wide area networks. We offer a variety of DSL technologies
that deliver data transfer rates ranging from 128 Kbps to 7.1 Mbps. For
customers that subscribe at the 7.1 Mbps rate, our network provides transfer
speeds faster than frame relay and T-1 circuits, and is approximately 125 times
the speed of the fastest dial-up modem and over 55 times the speed of integrated
services digital network (ISDN) lines. Through our packet-based network,
multiple users on a single connection are able to simultaneously access the
Internet and private networks. Beyond high-speed access, we also offer a growing
suite of features and applications that we can individually configure to each
user's needs. We believe our network solutions will increase remote office and
worker productivity and reduce the complexity of communications for businesses.

    Since our inception in February 1997, we have made substantial progress in
implementing a scalable nationwide network. We began offering commercial
services in our first market in April 1998, and currently offer service in a
total of 17 markets: San Diego, San Francisco, San Jose, Oakland/East Bay,
Chicago, Los Angeles, Orange County, Boston, Sacramento, New York, Philadelphia,
Washington D.C., Detroit, Denver, Seattle, Portland and Baltimore. We intend to
continue our network rollout into an additional 16 markets in 1999 and a further
17 markets by the end of 2000. Upon completion of this network expansion, we
anticipate providing services in 50 of the nation's largest metropolitan areas,
which we believe contain 60% of the nation's local area networks. We have signed
interconnection agreements with Ameritech, Bell Atlantic, BellSouth, GTE,
Pacific Bell and U S WEST, and we are currently pursuing interconnection
arrangements with three other incumbent carriers. As of June 30, 1999, we
provide service or have installed equipment in over 500 incumbent carrier
central offices. We have obtained competitive carrier authority or have been
permitted to operate as a competitive carrier in 28 states. We intend to
continue to investigate expansion of our network both in the United States and
internationally.

    In March 1999, we entered into separate strategic arrangements with MCI
WorldCom and Microsoft. As part of our strategic arrangements, MCI WorldCom's
investment fund and Microsoft each invested $30 million in us. The MCI WorldCom
arrangement also designates us as the first choice in its alternative carrier
access provisioning system for DSL services in certain circumstances, and
provides that MCI WorldCom is committed to sell at least 100,000 of our DSL
lines over a period of five years, subject to penalties for failure to reach
target commitments. In turn, we have designated MCI WorldCom as our preferred
provider of network services in certain circumstances. MCI WorldCom will also
work with us to develop voice and data applications over a single DSL
connection. For instance, in June 1999, MCI WorldCom and we, in conjunction with
Cisco and Jetstream Communications, successfully demonstrated toll-quality voice
and high-speed data communications over a single copper line utilizing DSL
technology. In our Microsoft arrangement, we will jointly develop and distribute
with Microsoft a co-branded DSL version of the Microsoft Network (MSN) service
focused on our small business customers and on our customers' teleworkers.

    In April 1999, we entered into a customer relationship with Qwest, in
connection with which Qwest's wholly owned subsidiary, U.S. Telesource, invested
$15 million in us. Qwest has committed to purchase from us performance class DSL
services for re-sale to its customers. In return, we have agreed to use Qwest's
network and application hosting services in certain situations. The combined DSL
line commitment from Qwest and MCI WorldCom totals 200,000 lines over several
years.

    We also market our services through our direct sales force and through our
partnerships with recognized leaders in the networking industry, including
Microsoft and Cisco. Under our strategic partnership with Cisco, Cisco agreed to
jointly market and sell our networking solutions to its customer

                                       35
<PAGE>
base and will engage in joint development projects with us. As of June 30, 1999,
we had over 3,200 lines in service, and we are currently under contract to
supply over 9,000 additional DSL lines. Our business customers include Broadcom,
Cisco, Wind River Systems, QUALCOMM and Silicon Graphics. Our service provider
customers include Epoch Internet, Ingram Micro, Intermedia Communications,
Savvis Communications, Verio and Williams Communications.

    In April 1999, we completed an initial public offering of our common stock,
raising net proceeds of approximately $210.1 million. On April 23, 1999, we
completed the sale and issue of senior notes, raising net proceeds of
approximately $314.5 million, of which approximately $113.2 million was used to
purchase a portfolio of U.S. government securities to secure the payment of the
first six scheduled interest payments on the notes.

    In September 1999 we sold 594,279 shares of our common stock in a public
offering for net proceeds of approximately $16.4 million. These shares were sold
by us to several underwriters when they exercised an option to purchase the
shares in connection with an underwriting agreement whereby those underwriters
also agreed to sell up to 3,961,862 of our shares of common stock on behalf of
several of our stockholders in a public offering. We received no net proceeds
from the sale of these stockholder-held shares.

    Our senior management team has extensive experience in developing
next-generation networking businesses. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Catherine Hapka, was previously the founder, President and Chief Operating
Officer of !NTERPRISE Networking Services, U S WEST's data networking business.
Steve Stringer, our President and Chief Operating Officer, was previously the
Global Chief Operating Officer of GE Capital IT Solutions. Scott Chandler, our
Chief Financial Officer, was previously President and Chief Executive Officer of
C-COR Electronics, Inc., a manufacturer of broadband telecommunications
equipment. James Greenberg, our Chief Network Officer, directed the design,
planning, operation and construction of Sprint Corporation's data networks.
Frank Tolve, our Chief Sales Officer, previously served as Vice President, Sales
Operations of Bay Networks. Our sponsors, which include Microsoft, MCI
WorldCom's investment fund, a subsidiary of Qwest, Kleiner Perkins Caufield &
Byers, Enterprise Partners, Brentwood Venture Capital, the Sprout Group and a
subsidiary of Enron Corp., have to date invested approximately $105.3 million.

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

    We believe that a substantial market opportunity exists as a result of the
convergence of six factors:

    - the growing demand for high-speed access to the Internet and corporate
      networks;

    - the inherent limitations of dial-up modems as a connection to data
      networks;

    - the need for large companies to improve the productivity of their remote
      offices and workers;

    - the need for small and medium businesses to have an integrated
      communication solution for their networking requirements;

    - the increasing adoption of DSL and widespread use of packet-based
      networks; and

    - the 1996 Telecommunications Act.

GROWING DEMAND FOR HIGH-SPEED ACCESS TO THE INTERNET AND CORPORATE NETWORKS

    The value of goods and services sold through the Internet will grow from
$2.6 billion in 1996 to $400 billion in 2002, according to analyst projections.
Today, business spending for connecting remote workers, branch offices and
corporate headquarters to each other and to customers, suppliers and
partners--either through the Internet or private networks--is large and growing.
Industry analysts

                                       36
<PAGE>
estimate that the U.S. market for remote Internet and local area network access
will grow from $5.9 billion in 1997 to $11.7 billion by 2002. Industry sources
estimate that spending in the United States on distributed networking and
network services and applications will grow from $54.2 billion in 1998 to $173
billion in 2002. Much of that growth is expected to result from increased demand
for e-mail, Web hosting services, e-commerce, collaboration and real-time video
services and applications. Industry sources expect spending on distributed
networking and network services and applications to encompass 57% of a company's
total annual information technology spending by 2002.

LIMITATIONS OF DIAL-UP MODEMS AND INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)

    Because only five percent of buildings in the United States are currently
connected to high-speed fiber rings--typically large buildings in metropolitan
areas or clusters of buildings in regional campus parks--the vast majority of
workers who access data networks do so through slow dial-up modems connected to
the traditional circuit switched public telephone system. These traditional
dial-up modems are creating a bottleneck in data communications because the
data-carrying capacity of the fastest commercially available dial-up modem is
only 56 Kbps. The capacity of another alternative, an integrated services
digital network (ISDN) line, is only 128 Kbps. While integrated services digital
network (ISDN) technology provides improved capacity relative to dial-up modems,
the cost of an integrated services digital network (ISDN) solution is often
prohibitive.

NEEDS OF LARGE BUSINESSES FOR REMOTE OFFICE AND WORKER PRODUCTIVITY

    Many large companies are supporting increasing numbers of remote offices and
workers. These companies face the challenge of finding a cost effective way to
make their remote workers as productive as those who have access to all of the
high performance communications and networking resources available to workers
located at corporate headquarters. A high-speed network solution that
encompasses access to the corporate local area network, the corporate telephone
system, the Internet, the corporate video conferencing system, customers,
suppliers and partners would substantially increase remote office and worker
productivity. At present, large businesses are incurring significant capital
expenditures to purchase equipment to support dial-up modems and integrated
services digital network (ISDN) connections, and paying for high cost technical
support personnel only to implement networking solutions that fail to optimize
worker productivity.

NEEDS OF SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES FOR INTEGRATED COMMUNICATION SOLUTIONS

    A significant number of small and medium businesses have no practical
alternative to dial-up modems or integrated services digital network (ISDN) for
their workers to access the Internet and remote local area networks. As a
result, these workers suffer productivity limitations associated with slow
transmission speeds. In addition, these businesses need to contend with the cost
and complexity of retaining multiple vendors for their communication needs:
incumbent carriers for local voice traffic; long distance carriers for long
distance voice traffic; Internet Service Providers for Internet access; and
equipment integrators for on-premises voice and network systems. We believe that
these businesses can benefit from working with a single service provider that
offers integrated communication solutions, using a single connection.

EMERGENCE OF DSL AND PACKET-BASED TECHNOLOGIES

    DSL technology dramatically increases the data, voice and video carrying
capacity of standard copper telephone lines. Because DSL technology uses
existing copper telephone lines, a broad network deployment can be implemented
rapidly, and requires a lower initial fixed investment than some existing
alternative technologies, such as fiber, cable modems and satellite
communications systems. A significant portion of the build-out of a DSL-based
network is directly related to the demand of paying subscribers, resulting in a
success-based deployment of capital.

                                       37
<PAGE>
    Packet-based networks often are more efficient than traditional
point-to-point networks, and allow end users to connect to any location that can
be assigned an Internet Protocol address. Traditional point-to-point networks,
including the traditional telephone network and private line networks, are less
efficient because they require a dedicated connection between two locations.
Packet-based networks allow multiple users to share connections between
locations.

1996 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT

    The 1996 Telecommunications Act allows competitive carriers to leverage the
existing incumbent carrier infrastructure, as opposed to building a competing
infrastructure at significant cost. The 1996 Telecommunications Act requires all
incumbent carriers to allow competitive carriers to collocate their equipment
along with incumbent carrier equipment in incumbent carrier central offices,
which enables competitive carriers to access end users through existing
telephone line connections. The 1996 Telecommunications Act was designed to
create an incentive for incumbent carriers that were formerly part of the Bell
system to cooperate with competitive carriers: these incumbent carriers cannot
provide long distance service until regulators determine that there is
competition in the incumbent carrier's local market.

MARKET IMPACT OF CONVERGENCE

    We believe the convergence of these factors has had several fundamental
effects on the communications market. New carriers can:

    - leverage the existing network infrastructure by obtaining local network
      access connections, and offer efficient high-speed data, voice and video
      networks;

    - provide large businesses with productivity enhancing remote office and
      worker networking solutions;

    - offer small and medium businesses integrated voice and data solutions that
      reduce the complexity of using multiple vendors for communication
      services; and

    - build new networks that can provide efficient high-speed access over a
      single connection to any Internet Protocol address on the Internet and/or
      corporate network, along with features and applications that can be
      configured to meet each user's needs.

THE RHYTHMS SOLUTIONS

    We believe our network solutions effectively address many of the unmet
communications needs of today's businesses by offering an appealing combination
of quality, performance, price and service. Our network consists of:

    - HIGH-SPEED, "ALWAYS ON" LOCAL CONNECTIONS. Our network delivers
      high-speed, "always on" local access. Using DSL technology over standard
      copper telephone lines, our network is capable of delivering data transfer
      rates at speeds ranging from 128 Kbps to 7.1 Mbps. For customers that
      subscribe at the 7.1 Mbps rate, the transfer rate is faster than frame
      relay and T-1 circuits, and is approximately 125 times the rate of the
      fastest dial-up modem and over 55 times the rate of an integrated services
      digital network (ISDN) line. Moreover, unlike dial-up modems and
      integrated services digital network (ISDN) lines, the DSL solution is
      "always-on"--it does not require users to dial-up to connect to the
      Internet or their local area network for each use.

    - METROPOLITAN AND WIDE AREA OVERLAY NETWORK. We have designed our network
      so that we can effectively and efficiently manage data traffic within and
      among the metropolitan areas in which we offer our services. We use
      transport services provided by other carriers for local access to users,
      metropolitan area network connections and for long distance backbone
      capacity. This

                                       38
<PAGE>
      overlay network is designed to route and switch traffic within each
      metropolitan area, keeping local traffic local and sending only long
      distance traffic over the wide area network, thereby increasing overall
      network capacity and reliability and minimizing our backbone costs. We
      manage the network and monitor service levels on a nationwide basis from
      our Network Operations Center in Denver.

    - PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCING FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS. We offer a growing suite
      of network-enabled features and applications that extend the functionality
      of corporate communications and networking resources to remote offices and
      workers. We also offer remote offices and workers, as well as small and
      medium businesses high performance Internet access solutions in
      conjunction with our service provider customers.

    - SERVICE FLEXIBILITY. We have designed our network so that we are able,
      over a single DSL connection, to individually configure each network
      user's features and applications.

    - TURNKEY SOLUTION. We offer turnkey network solutions for our customers by
      providing each customer with a single point of contact for a complete
      package of services, including network implementation, maintenance,
      billing and the DSL modem. For large customers, we provide complete
      project management, including design, implementation and results
      reporting. In some cases, we also seamlessly link our network operations
      systems to existing customer information systems to ensure maximum service
      efficiency.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

    Our goal is to become the leading national service provider of high
performance networking solutions for remote offices and workers. We intend to
implement the following strategies to achieve our goal:

    EXPLOIT EARLY MOVER ADVANTAGE

    We intend to exploit our early market entrance to deploy our network and
establish strong relationships with business and service provider customers. As
of June 30, 1999, we provide service or had installed our network equipment in
over 500 central offices. Installation on this scale requires significant time
and resources; therefore, we believe our progress to date provides us a
significant time-to-market advantage over would-be competitors. We have gained
significant build-out experience, which we believe will streamline our further
expansion. In addition, we plan to construct our network rapidly and intend to
evaluate the potential acquisition of other companies so that we are an early
mover in our other target markets. We intend to exploit our early mover
advantage to gain significant market share in our target markets.

    FOCUS ON PERFORMANCE-DRIVEN BUSINESS CUSTOMERS

    We believe that the underserved segment of the business networking market
that demands high performance is currently relying on dial-up modems or
integrated services digital network (ISDN) for network access. Many large
businesses have remote offices and workers that are not able to take advantage
of the full array of communications and networking resources available to
workers at the main office. In addition to offering these businesses high-speed
access to the Internet and corporate networks, we intend to offer them
network-enabled features and applications that increase worker productivity.
Further, we believe that small and medium businesses are looking for an
integrated service provider to reduce their reliance on multiple vendors.
Accordingly, we intend to offer multiple networking services, including voice
and data services over a single DSL connection, to meet the needs of small and
medium businesses. We intend to evaluate offering new or enhanced products and
services to the consumer market.

                                       39
<PAGE>
    EXPAND NETWORK-ENABLED FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS

    We seek to have our network become a platform that facilitates the delivery
of productivity-enhancing features and applications to businesses and their
employees. By collaborating with industry leaders such as MCI WorldCom,
Microsoft and Cisco, we intend to jointly develop features and applications that
will meet the needs of our customers. For instance, in June 1999, MCI WorldCom
and we, in conjunction with Cisco and Jetstream Communications, successfully
demonstrated toll-quality voice and high-speed data communications over a single
copper line utilizing DSL technology. In addition, we believe that the
proliferation of high-speed local access networks, such as our own, will
encourage third parties to create more bandwidth-intensive features and
applications. One of our objectives in providing these enhanced features and
applications is to strengthen customer loyalty and increase revenue per network
user.

    ESTABLISH STRONG DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS

    We intend to build strong distribution channels. For large businesses, we
are building a direct sales force and are entering into strategic joint
marketing alliances. We have entered into strategic alliances with Microsoft,
MCI WorldCom, Qwest and Cisco. Pursuant to our alliance with Microsoft, we will
jointly distribute with Microsoft a co-branded DSL version of the Microsoft
Network service focused on our small business customers and our customers'
teleworkers. Our strategic alliance with MCI WorldCom designates us as its
preferred provider of business DSL connections for large, medium and small
businesses. Under our Qwest alliance, Qwest has committed to purchase from us
performance class DSL services for re-sale to its customers. In return, we have
agreed to use Qwest's network and application hosting services in certain
situations. The combined DSL line commitment from Qwest and MCI WorldCom totals
200,000 lines over several years. In our alliance with Cisco, we have agreed
with Cisco to jointly market and sell our networking solutions to large
businesses. For small and medium businesses, we will distribute our services
through our service provider customers. Over time, we will seek to develop
additional strategic alliances, focusing on partners that can both add value to
our network and give us a meaningful distribution channel.

    PROVIDE SUPERIOR CUSTOMER SERVICE

    As part of our strategy to obtain and retain business and service provider
customers, we intend to provide superior service and customer care. We will
guarantee high-quality service by providing carrier-class networking solutions
and superior customer service. Our carrier-class networking solutions include
end-to-end proactive network monitoring and management through our Network
Operations Center, 24 hours a day, seven days a week. We also offer multiple
security features and a network that we can scale to meet demand. Our customer
service includes a personal and Web-based single point of contact, a complete
packaged solution including the DSL modem, installation, activation and network
management, and specific customer service objectives against which we measure
our performance. Our objective in providing outstanding customer service is to
provide a high level of customer satisfaction, achieve customer loyalty and
accelerate the adoption rate of our service.

STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS

    MCI WORLDCOM

    In March 1999 (as amended in April, May and July 1999), we entered into a
strategic partnership with MCI WorldCom in which MCI WorldCom invested $30.0
million in us. Please see "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions--Series C Purchase Agreement; Other Agreements with MCI WorldCom."

    - PROVIDING DSL TO MCI WORLDCOM. We have been designated MCI WorldCom's
      first choice in its alternative carrier access provisioning system for DSL
      services in areas where we deploy our

                                       40
<PAGE>
      network for all new DSL services, except for services to certain
      subsidiaries and in locations where MCI WorldCom deploys its own DSL
      equipment. In addition, MCI WorldCom has committed to sell a minimum of
      100,000 business quality DSL lines, subject to penalties for failure to
      reach target commitments. MCI WorldCom will have 60 months to place orders
      for these lines, starting on the date when we have 1,250 collocations in
      commercial service in at least 29 metropolitan statistical areas. As part
      of our agreement, we must provide specified service levels and have
      available capacity.

    - OBTAINING NETWORK SERVICES FROM MCI WORLDCOM. We have designated MCI
      WorldCom as our preferred provider of network services, including
      metropolitan area network services, long-haul backbone services and
      Internet Protocol backbone services. MCI WorldCom has a right of first
      refusal to provide all of these services to us at market competitive
      terms.

    - COLLABORATION. We are jointly developing voice and data applications over
      a single DSL connection. For instance, in June 1999, MCI WorldCom and we,
      in conjunction with Cisco and Jetstream Communications, successfully
      demonstrated toll-quality voice and high-speed data communications over a
      single copper line utilizing DSL technology. We have also formed a working
      group with MCI WorldCom to develop and implement the systems and
      procedures necessary to jointly deploy DSL service nationwide. We will
      collaborate with MCI WorldCom in selecting technologies and vendors to
      support our network deployments.

    MICROSOFT

    In March 1999, we entered into a strategic partnership with Microsoft, in
which Microsoft invested $30.0 million in us. Pursuant to this relationship,
among other things, Microsoft has agreed to jointly distribute with us over the
Internet a co-branded DSL version of the Microsoft Network service focused on
our small business customers and on our customers' teleworkers. This agreement
expires in March 2002. Please see "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions--Series C Purchase Agreement; Other Agreements with Microsoft."

    QWEST

    In April 1999, we entered into a customer relationship with Qwest, in which
Qwest invested $15.0 million in us. Pursuant to this relationship, among other
things, Qwest has committed to purchase from us performance class DSL services
for re-sale to its customers. In return, we have agreed to use Qwest's network
and application hosting services in certain situations. The combined DSL line
commitment from Qwest and MCI WorldCom totals 200,000 lines over several years.
Please see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Series C Purchase
Agreement and Series D Purchase Agreement; Other Agreements with Qwest."

    CISCO SYSTEMS

    In October 1998, we entered into a strategic partnership with Cisco, in
which Cisco agreed to work jointly with us to sell our services to its customers
including providing compensation to its sales representatives for selling our
services. In addition, Cisco has committed to a joint marketing program with us
to increase our market recognition among businesses. We are also under contract
with Cisco to manage and upgrade its remote access program for 8,500 teleworkers
nationwide.

RHYTHMS NETWORK SERVICES, FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS

    We offer our customers solutions that address many of their high performance
networking needs. Our local connection services use a variety of DSL
technologies to deliver high-speed, "always on" local access. We also aggregate
traffic within metropolitan areas and route or switch the traffic to our service
provider customers, or to a corporate local area network within the same
metropolitan area or another

                                       41
<PAGE>
metropolitan area using our inter-network connections. In addition to local
connections and metropolitan and wide area inter-network connections, we offer a
growing suite of network-enabled features and applications.

    LOCAL CONNECTIONS

    Our local connection services connect individual users or multiple users on
a local area network to our metropolitan or national network or to the Internet
using DSL technology over traditional telephone lines. Using DSL technology over
copper lines, our network is capable of data transfer rates ranging from 128
Kbps to 7.1 Mbps. Unlike dial-up modems and integrated services digital network
(ISDN) lines, the DSL solution is "always on"--it does not require users to
dial-up to connect to the Internet or their local area network for each use.

    We place DSL equipment both at the customer premises--a residence or
business--and in the central office that services that specific customer
premises. There are typically many incumbent carrier central offices in each
metropolitan area. We connect the DSL equipment in each central office to one of
our Metro Service Centers so that we can route or switch network traffic to
either a local destination, a national destination where we provide service or
the Internet.

    For our local connection services, the speed and effectiveness of the DSL
connection will vary based on a number of factors, including the distance of the
end user from the central office and the condition of the copper line that
connects the end user to the central office. However, the specific number of
potential users for higher speeds will vary by central office and by region and
will be affected by line quality. In the future, we intend to examine adding a
variety of high-speed local access technologies as they are developed, including
emerging wireless technologies. The chart below compares the performance and
range for our local connection services as of June 30, 1999. The range numbers
represent the estimated maximum distance from the central office to the end
user. The technologies listed below are more fully described in "--DSL
Technologies" below. Speeds to the end user under the IDSL row are 128 Kbps
under some circumstances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SPEED TO    SPEED FROM      RANGE
 END USER     END USER      (FEET)     TECHNOLOGY
- -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<C>          <C>          <C>          <S>
   144 Kbps     144 Kbps    Unlimited  IDSL
   256 Kbps     256 Kbps       18,000  SDSL
   384 Kbps     384 Kbps       15,000  RADSL
   512 Kbps     512 Kbps       14,000  RADSL
   768 Kbps     768 Kbps       12,000  RADSL
     1 Mbps       1 Mbps       12,000  RADSL
   1.5 Mbps     1.5 Mbps        8,000  SDSL
     3 Mbps       1 Mbps       10,700  RADSL
     5 Mbps       1 Mbps        9,000  RADSL
   7.1 Mbps       1 Mbps        7,800  RADSL
</TABLE>

    METROPOLITAN AREA AND WIDE AREA INTER-NETWORK CONNECTIONS

    For our business and service provider customers, we offer high-speed
connections both within and among metropolitan areas. In order to switch and
route traffic aggregated from each central office to its ultimate local or long
distance destination, we offer two interconnection services.

    Our 1.544 Mbps service--DS-1--is suitable for small business customers or
service providers. Our 45 Mbps service--DS-3--is intended for large business
customers or service providers. The monthly service charge for both services is
greater if traffic aggregated in one metropolitan area is terminated in another
metropolitan area, and varies based on the speed of the local access connection.

                                       42
<PAGE>
    Our wide area network currently operates between each of the metropolitan
areas in which we provide service. We currently lease frame relay backbone and
Asynchronous Transfer Mode backbone capacity from a number of long distance
carriers. We have almost completed upgrading our nationwide network to
Asynchronous Transfer Mode.

    NETWORK-ENABLED SERVICES, FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS

    We intend to use our high-speed local access connection to provide multiple
network services, features and applications. Instead of just providing a
high-speed access connection, we intend to offer many network-enabled features
and applications, which we are able to configure to meet each user's needs. We
believe our strategy to provide additional network services, features and
applications for each user on our network allows us to address a larger market
opportunity than the market opportunity represented by connection services
alone. Our strategy is to benefit from additional recurring monthly revenue by
providing multiple network features and applications.

    The features and applications that we currently offer are outlined below.

    - CORPORATE TELEPHONE SYSTEM EXTENSION. This feature extends the
      functionality of the corporate telephone system directly into a
      teleworker's home or, in the future, a company's branch office. This
      feature supports common corporate telephone functions such as four digit
      dialing, conference calling and speed dialing. Benefits to our business
      customers include increased worker productivity, reduced second line
      expenses for voice service and the ability to aggregate and control long
      distance charges.

    - COMPUTER BACKUP. The computer backup feature allows end users to
      automatically backup data to a secure remote site. Computer backup
      leverages our "always on," high-speed local access connection and allows
      the backup to be done at the times most convenient for the end user. We
      believe this feature is more cost effective than substitutes such as tape
      drives and disk cartridge drives, and has the additional protection of
      being stored off site. This application is provided by a third party,
      @Backup, Inc.

    - CONTENT CACHING. We offer content caching for our customers' end users who
      access the Internet. This network feature operates in the background,
      serving user requests for Web pages locally rather than obtaining the
      content from the actual server across the Internet. Caching enables our
      customers to retrieve content faster than would otherwise be possible. Our
      caching solution requires no configuration setup by our customer. If the
      cache fails in any way, it will be automatically bypassed and user
      requests will be sent directly to the Internet.

    - SERVICE SELECTION. We have implemented a service selection feature within
      our network that enables end users to access multiple destinations,
      including the corporate local area network, the corporate telephone
      system, the Internet, customers, suppliers and partners. Using this
      feature, a connection to the Internet and the corporate local area network
      can be established simultaneously by different users over the same DSL
      access line. This feature alleviates the corporate network from servicing
      Internet traffic to a teleworker.

    - DYNAMIC HOST CONFIGURATION PROTOCOL FUNCTIONALITY. This feature relieves
      network administrators from the burden of notifying each teleworker of
      network configuration changes. Through the use of this protocol, once
      teleworkers start up their computers, the customer's server automatically
      downloads all of his or her network configuration parameters. If any
      modifications to the configuration are necessary, they only need to be
      modified once by the network administrator, and the network configuration
      parameters will be automatically distributed to all of the organization's
      teleworkers.

    - TURNKEY INTERNET. This application allows small and medium businesses or
      large business branch offices the ability to host Internet and intranet
      websites. This application includes network

                                       43
<PAGE>
      equipment on the customer premises that provides router, Web server,
      e-mail, file server, firewall and Web-page caching. This premises-based
      Internet solution is combined with our "always on" high-speed network
      connection and Internet services from an Internet Service Provider
      customer.

    In the future, we plan to continue to expand our network features and
applications by working closely with leading hardware, software and networking
companies. We expect to focus on many applications, including combining voice
and data communications, increasing our directory and security capabilities, and
providing businesses with the ability to access their important applications
from remote locations. We have agreed to jointly develop directory and
voice-over Internet Protocol applications with Cisco. In addition, as part of
our strategic agreement with MCI WorldCom, we expect to jointly develop multiple
applications using DSL technology including voice and data applications over a
single DSL connection. For instance, in June 1999, MCI WorldCom and we, in
conjunction with Cisco and Jetstream Communications, successfully demonstrated
toll-quality voice and high-speed data communications over a single copper line
utilizing DSL technology. Our strategic relationship with Microsoft will focus
on delivering co-branded network applications that will facilitate our
customers' access to the Internet and other destinations.

    Using these network-enabled features and applications, we can assemble a
broad solution to meet our business customer needs. For example, for a
teleworker, we might combine high-speed access to the corporate network and the
Internet with computer backup and corporate telephone extension. For a small
business, we might offer a turnkey Internet solution by combining high-speed
access to the Internet through our Internet Service Provider customer, with
customer premises equipment that supports Web server, e-mail, file server,
firewall, Web-page caching and network backup.

    TURNKEY SOLUTION

    We offer a full service solution for the configuration, provisioning, and
installation of the local access connection at the end user location, for which
the customer pays a one-time charge. That charge covers the cost of installing
the DSL line, any required inside wiring, the DSL modem, attaching the DSL modem
to either a single computer, local area network or enterprise server,
installation of a single network interface card if required, and installing the
TCP/IP software if required. For our large business customers, we provide
complete project management, including design, implementation and results
reporting. In some cases we seamlessly link our network operations systems to
existing customer information systems through Web-based interfaces.

CUSTOMERS, SALES AND MARKETING

    We offer our services to large, medium and small businesses. As of June 30,
1999, we served approximately 430 business and 18 service provider customers.
For these business and service provider customers we have more than 3,200 lines
in service and are under contract to supply over 9,000 additional DSL lines.
Selected business customers include Broadcom, Cisco, Wind River Systems,
QUALCOMM and Silicon Graphics. In addition, our service provider customers
include Epoch Internet, Ingram Micro, Intermedia Communications, Savvis, Verio
and Williams Communications.

    DIRECT SALES CHANNELS

    We market our services to large businesses through a direct sales force. Our
target account profile is a large, information-intensive enterprise with
multiple locations and large numbers of distributed workers. Our sales force
seeks to deal directly with the Chief Information Officer and the
telecommunications manager responsible for remote access in the target account.
Sales teams are deployed in each of the metropolitan areas in which we offer our
services. As of June 30, 1999, we had approximately 140 sales and technical
personnel supporting our direct and indirect sales efforts. We

                                       44
<PAGE>
intend to increase the size of our sales and technical support force to sell and
support large businesses as we enter new geographic markets.

    Our relationship with large business customers can involve multiple phases.
A customer typically initially agrees to a first phase commitment for a specific
number of connections at a negotiated price and one year contract term.
Typically, three to six months into the first phase implementation, the customer
agrees to successive phases of implementation that could include additional
connections and upgrades in services, features and applications. In general, we
have experienced a six to nine month sales cycle prior to receiving significant
order volume from a business customer. We currently have three large business
customers that have committed to multi-phase implementation programs.
Collectively, these three customers account for approximately 80% of our lines
in service and commitments to purchase our connections. Please see "Risk
Factors--We cannot predict our success because our business model is unproven."

    INDIRECT SALES CHANNELS

    We also market our services to small and medium businesses through indirect
channels, including Internet Service Providers, interexchange carriers,
competitive carriers, value-added resellers, and integrators. We offer each
service provider the ability to select those services that it would like to
bundle with its own service offerings to offer a total solution to its
customers. For example, Internet Service Providers typically combine our
high-speed connections with their Internet access services and resell the
combination to their existing and new customers. We address these markets
through sales and marketing personnel dedicated to each of these indirect
channels.

    We supplement our sales effort to certain of these service providers by
offering marketing support services that may include training, proposal
development, lead generation, channel support materials, joint marketing funds,
Web promotion, joint participation in national and regional customer events and
press announcements. We also offer promotions and sales incentives from time to
time to our service providers. Additionally, we support our service providers by
acting as a network integrator by qualifying potential customers for service,
ordering connections, installing equipment on the customer premises, turning up
the service, monitoring the network, troubleshooting, making repairs and
invoicing the customer on a single bill.

    Our agreements with our service provider customers vary widely. Generally,
our agreements have a one to three year term, and are based on negotiated prices
that decline with increasing levels of volume achievement. In many cases,
service providers have selected one or two, and perhaps three, DSL service
providers as preferred suppliers in each market. Our goal is to be selected as
the preferred supplier or one of the preferred suppliers in each metropolitan
area where we operate. When we are selected as a preferred supplier within a
given market, we may enter into joint marketing arrangements to promote our DSL
services. See "Risk Factors--We depend on third parties, particularly MCI
WorldCom, Microsoft, Qwest and Cisco, for the marketing and sales of our network
services."

CUSTOMER SERVICE

    We offer our business and service provider customers a single point of
contact for implementation, maintenance and billing. Our Network Operations
Center provides both proactive and customer initiated maintenance services 24
hours a day, seven days a week. We also provide a broad range of customer
service and Network Operations Center services through our Web interface.

    - IMPLEMENTATION. Working with a business or service provider customer, our
      customer service technicians and sales engineers will develop an
      implementation plan for each customer. The plan will include qualifying
      the customer for our service offerings, placing orders for the connection
      facilities, coordinating the delivery of the connection, installation and
      turn up.

                                       45
<PAGE>
    - MAINTENANCE. Our Network Operations Center in Denver provides network
      surveillance through standard Simple Network Management Protocol tools for
      all equipment in our network. Because we have complete end-to-end
      visibility of our network, we are able to proactively detect and correct
      the majority of our customer's maintenance problems remotely. Our goal is
      to proactively detect and repair 90% of our customer's maintenance
      problems before our customer is aware of a problem. Customer initiated
      maintenance and repair requests are managed and resolved primarily through
      the Customer Service Center. We utilize a trouble ticket management system
      to communicate customer maintenance problems from the customer service
      center to the Network Operations Center engineers and the field services
      engineers. Because our Network Operations Center is fully staffed 24 hours
      a day, seven days a week, we believe our ability to provide superior
      proactive maintenance is significantly enhanced.

    - BILLING. Customer bills are currently issued on a monthly basis through an
      internal billing system. Customer billing inquiries are managed by our
      Customer Service Center. In the future, billing inquiries will also be
      supported through our Web interface.

    - CUSTOMER SUPPORT SYSTEMS. Our system architecture is designed to
      facilitate rapid service responsiveness and reduce the cost of customer
      support. We use an integrated set of standard, off-the-shelf systems to
      support our business processes. We designed all business functions,
      including sales, ordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair, billing,
      accounting and decision support to use a single database, ensuring that
      every function has accurate, up-to-date information. The use of
      client-server tools and scalable Unix and Microsoft NT servers enables
      automation within and between processes.

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

    NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

    The key design features allowing us to be a business-class network are:

    - CARRIER-CLASS NETWORK MANAGEMENT. Our network is designed to be
      carrier-class throughout. For example, it has been designed with redundant
      network electronics and transmission paths. We have the ability to
      electronically view our entire network including the DSL modem located at
      the end user's computer or located on our customer's local area network
      from our Network Operations Center in Denver. We provide our business and
      service provider customers with service level agreements that guarantee
      specific levels of network performance. We have found that by offering
      service level agreements, we are better able to convince businesses to
      move their mission-critical applications onto our network.

    - SCALABLE SYSTEMS. We use industry standard, off-the-shelf software to
      support preordering, ordering, provisioning, billing, network monitoring
      and trouble management. We have implemented these systems using web-based
      and distributed client-server systems architecture. This approach allows
      us to grow our customer support and network management capabilities as
      customer demand increases.

    - NETWORK SECURITY. Non-dedicated access, such as dial-up modem or
      integrated services digital network (ISDN) lines, or dedicated access to
      the public Internet, represents security risks for business networks.
      These security risks are mitigated through the use of virtual private
      network technologies such as authentication, tunneling, encryption, and
      through the use of permanent virtual circuits that define a logical
      dedicated connection between the end user and the corporate network. Our
      network enables businesses to fully employ these virtual private network
      technologies by using their own equipment at the edges of our network, or
      optionally purchasing virtual private networking services from us.

                                       46
<PAGE>
    NETWORK COMPONENTS

    Our network is an overlay network in that we lease existing transport
services from other service providers: local access copper lines from incumbent
carriers, metropolitan fiber from incumbent carriers or competitive carriers and
long-distance backbone fiber from long distance carriers. This overlay network
is designed to switch and route traffic within each metropolitan area, keeping
local traffic local and only sending non-local traffic over the wide area
network, thereby increasing overall network capacity and reliability and
reducing costs. The primary components of our network are customer endpoint
devices, local transport, our Connection Points, high-speed metropolitan area
network, our Metro Service Centers, our backbone and our Network Operations
Center.

    - CUSTOMER ENDPOINT DEVICES. We currently offer DSL and private line local
      access connections in our network. For DSL access, we include the customer
      endpoint device--the DSL modem--as part of our complete turnkey service
      offering. We configure and install these modems with the end user's
      computer, or local area network or enterprise router along with any
      required on-site wiring needed to connect the modem to the telephone line
      leased from the incumbent carrier. Currently, almost all of the DSL modem
      and DSL multiplexing equipment we use for a single connection over a
      copper line must come from the same vendor since there are no existing
      interoperability standards for the equipment used in our higher speed
      services.

    - LOCAL TRANSPORT. Our local transport connects customer end-point devices
      to our network. For digital subscriber line access, the transport is a
      DSL-capable copper loop leased by us from the incumbent carrier under
      terms specified in our interconnection agreements. In many cases, DSL-
      capable lines result from modification of voice grade lines to carry
      digital signals, at times involving an additional one-time or monthly
      charge relative to voice grade lines. For private line access, the
      transport is leased copper or fiber trunks provided by the incumbent
      carrier or a competitive carrier.

    - CONNECTION POINTS. Through our interconnection agreements with the
      incumbent carriers, we secure collocation space in central offices. In
      each of these Connection Points, we connect the DSL-equipped copper loop
      to our DSL multiplexing equipment. Each of our Connection Points is
      designed to offer the same high reliability and availability standards as
      the incumbent carrier's own central office space. We expect to place our
      equipment in each of 30 to 90 central offices in any metropolitan area
      that we enter. As of June 30, 1999, we had Connection Points in over 500
      central offices. Although we expect that many Connection Points will be
      physically located within the central office, we have placed and will
      continue to place our Connection Points in locations immediately adjacent
      to central offices, when collocation space within the central office is
      not available.

    - HIGH-SPEED METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK. In each of our targeted metropolitan
      area markets, we operate a private metropolitan area network. The network
      consists of high-speed Asynchronous Transfer Mode communications circuits
      that we lease from competitive carriers or incumbent carriers to connect
      our Connection Points to the Metro Service Center. The metropolitan area
      network operates at 45 Mbps--DS-3--today, and can be upgraded to 150
      Mbps--OC-3--and 600 Mbps--OC-12--in the future. We anticipate leasing a
      substantial portion of this capacity from MCI WorldCom, as described in
      "--Strategic Partnerships."

    - METRO SERVICE CENTERS. The Metro Service Center is a physical point of
      presence within a metropolitan area where local access traffic is
      aggregated from the Connection Points over our high-speed metropolitan
      area network. Although we generally expect to have one Metro Service
      Center in each of our targeted metropolitan areas, in larger metropolitan
      areas, we may have two. The Metro Service Center houses our Asynchronous
      Transfer Mode switches and Internet Protocol routers. We also place
      applications servers in our Metro Service Centers to support network
      enabled feature and applications. We design our Metro Service Centers for
      high

                                       47
<PAGE>
      availability including battery backup power, redundant equipment and
      active network monitoring.

    - BACKBONE. Our backbone interconnects our Metro Service Centers so that
      communications traffic can be transported among different metropolitan
      areas. We currently lease frame relay backbone and Asynchronous Transfer
      Mode backbone capacity from a number of long distance carriers. We have
      almost completed upgrading our nationwide network to Asynchronous Transfer
      Mode.

    - NETWORK OPERATIONS CENTER. Our entire network is managed from the Network
      Operations Center located in Denver. From these centers, we provide
      end-to-end network monitoring and management using advanced network
      management tools 24 hours a day, seven days a week. This enhances our
      ability to address performance or connection issues before they affect our
      end user's experience. From the Network Operations Center, we monitor the
      equipment and circuits in each Metro Service Center, each metropolitan
      area network, each Connection Point, individual end user lines and modems.
      Please see "Risk Factors--A system failure or breach of network security
      could cause delays or interruptions of service to our customers."

    We are pursuing a program of ongoing network development. Our engineering
efforts focus on the design and development of new technologies and services to
increase the speed, efficiency, reliability and security of our network and to
enable network features and applications developed by us or by third parties.
Please see "Risk Factors--We may be unable to effectively expand our network
services and provide high performance to a substantial number of end users."

DSL TECHNOLOGIES

    We utilize various DSL equipment and technologies from different vendors.
The various DSL technologies allow us to offer a range of connection speeds.
Actual speeds are a function of the distance from the end user or local area
network to the central office and the quality of the copper line. We describe
the basic features and the market positioning of our primary DSL technologies
below.

    RATE ADAPTIVE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (RADSL)

    RADSL technology allows each end user or local area network to utilize the
full digital capability of the underlying telephone line. Speeds reach up to 7.1
Mbps downstream and up to 1.1 Mbps upstream if the end user or local area
network is within 7,800 feet from the central office. We use this technology for
end users or local area networks needing very high access speeds. Our target
customers for RADSL connections consist of small and medium businesses and
branch offices of large businesses needing T-1 or higher speeds. We believe that
these businesses often find the cost of dedicated private line or frame relay
services to be prohibitive. Our RADSL connection competes favorably on a price/
performance basis relative to traditional fractional T-1 and frame relay
services. The service also provides the highest speed of any DSL service for
bandwidth intensive applications.

    SYMMETRIC DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (SDSL)

    Our SDSL technology allows end users and local area network to achieve up to
1.5 Mbps speeds both downstream and upstream. Depending on the quality of the
copper line, 1.5 Mbps can typically be achieved if the end user or local area
network is within 8,000 feet, or approximately 1.5 miles, from the central
office.

    INTEGRATED DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (IDSL)

    IDSL technology allows us to reach all end users or local area networks
within a central office serving area irrespective of the end user or local area
network distance from the central office. Our

                                       48
<PAGE>
IDSL service operates at up to 144 Kbps in each direction. This service can use
existing integrated services digital network (ISDN) equipment at the end user
site, and is targeted at the integrated services digital network (ISDN)
replacement market. For information intensive users, we believe that IDSL
compares favorably with integrated services digital network (ISDN) on a
price/performance basis when the monthly flat rate IDSL charge is compared with
the per minute integrated services digital network (ISDN) charge. We also offer
IDSL to end users that have lines that do not consist of continuous copper, such
as digital line carrier equipped lines that are partially copper and partially
fiber.

COMPETITION

    We will face competition from many competitors with significantly greater
financial resources, well-established brand names and large, existing installed
customer bases. Moreover, we expect the level of competition to intensify in the
future. We expect significant competition from:

    - INCUMBENT CARRIERS. Incumbent carriers, such as GTE and U S WEST, are
      leasing wide area connections from long distance carriers, and have
      existing metropolitan area networks and circuit switched local access
      networks. Most incumbent carriers have announced deployment of commercial
      DSL services in certain areas. In addition, most incumbent carriers are
      combining their DSL service with their own Internet Service Provider
      businesses or entering into cooperative or exclusive relationships with
      established Internet Service Providers. We believe that incumbent carriers
      have the potential to quickly overcome many of the issues that have
      delayed widespread deployment of DSL services in the past. If a Regional
      Bell Operating Company is authorized to provide in-region long distance
      service in one or more states, by fulfilling the market-opening provisions
      of the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the Regional Bell Operating Company
      may be able to offer "one stop shopping" that would be competitive with
      our offerings. In addition, proposed mergers involving Regional Bell
      Operating Companies, including SBC's proposed merger with Ameritech and
      Qwest's proposed merger with U S WEST, could ease each combined entity's
      ability to provide end-to-end high-speed data offerings. The incumbent
      carriers have an established brand name in their service areas, possess
      sufficient capital to deploy DSL services rapidly and are in a position to
      offer service from central offices where we may be unable to secure
      collocation space.

    - TRADITIONAL INTEREXCHANGE CARRIERS. Many of the leading traditional
      interexchange carriers, such as AT&T, MCI WorldCom and Sprint, are
      expanding their capabilities to support high-speed, end-to-end networking
      services. Increasingly, their bundled services include high-speed local
      access combined with metropolitan and wide area networks, and a full range
      of Internet services and applications. For example, AT&T's acquisition of
      MediaOne will exploit ubiquitous local cable infrastructure. We expect
      them to offer combined data, voice and video services over these networks.

     These carriers have deployed large scale networks, have large numbers of
     existing business and residential customers and enjoy strong brand
     recognition, and as a result represent significant competition. For
     instance, they have extensive fiber networks in many metropolitan areas
     that primarily provide high-speed data and voice communications to large
     companies. They have announced deployment of DSL services in combination
     with their current fiber networks. They also have interconnection
     agreements with many of the incumbent carriers and have secured collocation
     spaces from which they could begin to offer competitive DSL services.

    - NEWER INTEREXCHANGE CARRIERS. The newer interexchange carriers, such as
      Williams, Qwest and Level 3 Communications, are building and managing high
      bandwidth, packet-based networks nationwide. They are also building direct
      sales forces and partnering with Internet Service Providers to offer
      services directly to business customers. They could extend their existing

                                       49
<PAGE>
      networks to include fiber metropolitan area networks and high-speed,
      off-net services using DSL, either alone, or in partnership with others.

    - CABLE MODEM SERVICE PROVIDERS. Cable modem service providers, like @Home
      Networks and its cable partners, are offering or preparing to offer
      high-speed Internet access over hybrid fiber coaxial cable networks to
      consumers. @Work has positioned itself to do the same for businesses.
      Where deployed, these networks provide local access services similar to
      our services, and in some cases at higher speeds. They typically offer
      these services at lower prices than our services, in part by sharing the
      bandwidth available on their cable networks among multiple end users.

    - WIRELESS AND SATELLITE DATA SERVICE PROVIDERS. Several new companies are
      emerging as wireless and satellite-based data service providers, over a
      variety of frequency allocations. These include:

       - WinStar Communications, Inc.,

       - Teligent, Inc.,

       - Teledesic LLC,

       - Hughes Space Communications, and

       - Iridium World Communications Ltd.

    These companies use a variety of new and emerging technologies, such as
terrestrial wireless services, point-to-point and point-to-multipoint fixed
wireless services, satellite-based networking and high-speed wireless digital
communications.

    - Internet Service Providers.  Internet Service Providers provide Internet
      access to residential and business customers. These companies generally
      provide such Internet access over the incumbent carriers' circuit switched
      networks at integrated services digital network (ISDN) speeds or below.
      However, some Internet Service Providers have begun offering DSL-based
      access using their own DSL services, or DSL services offered by the
      incumbent carrier or other DSL-based competitive carriers. Some Internet
      Service Providers have significant and even nationwide marketing presences
      and combine these with strategic or commercial alliances with DSL-based
      competitive carriers. Some Internet Service Providers, such as Concentric
      Network Corporation, Mindspring Enterprises, Inc., PSINet Inc. and Verio
      have significant and even nationwide presences.

    - Competitive Carriers.  Certain competitive carriers, including Covad
      Communications Group, Inc. and NorthPoint Communications, Inc., have begun
      offering DSL-based data services. In addition, regional competitive
      carriers, including HarvardNet, Inc., Network Access Solutions Corp. and
      DSL.net have begun offering DSL-based access services that compete with
      the services we offer. Other competitive carriers are likely to do so in
      the future. Conditions attached to the proposed merger between SBC and
      Ameritech may make entry and operation in affected regions easier for our
      competitors. The 1996 Telecommunications Act specifically grants
      competitive carriers the right to negotiate interconnection agreements
      with incumbent carriers, including interconnection agreements which may be
      identical in all respects to our agreements.

    Many of these competitors are offering, or may soon offer, technologies and
services that will directly compete with some or all of our service offerings.
Such technologies include integrated services digital network (ISDN), DSL,
wireless data and cable modems. Please see "Risk Factors--The market in which we
operate is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively,
especially against established industry competitors with significantly greater
financial resources, for more details about this risk." Some of the competitive
factors we face include:

    - transmission speed,

                                       50
<PAGE>
    - reliability of service,

    - breadth of service availability,

    - price performance,

    - network security,

    - ease of access and use,

    - content bundling,

    - customer support,

    - brand recognition,

    - operating experience,

    - ability to scale,

    - capital availability and

    - exclusive contracts.

INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENTS WITH INCUMBENT CARRIERS

    Interconnection agreements with incumbent carriers are critical to our
business. These agreements cover a number of aspects of our relationships with
incumbent carriers, including:

    - the price we pay to lease and the access we have to the incumbent
      carrier's copper lines;

    - the removal by the incumbent carrier of equipment or electronics from
      lines to enable these lines to transmit DSL signals;

    - the price and terms for collocation of our equipment in the incumbent
      carrier central offices;

    - the price we pay and the access we have to the incumbent carrier's
      transport facilities;

    - the ability we have to access conduits and other rights of way the
      incumbent carrier has to construct its own network facilities;

    - the operational support systems and interfaces that we can use to place
      orders and report and monitor the incumbent carrier's response to our
      requests;

    - the dispute resolution process we use with the incumbent carrier to
      resolve disagreements on the terms of the interconnection contract; and

    - the term of the interconnection agreement, its transferability to
      successors, its liability limits and other general aspects of our
      relationship with the incumbent carrier.

    We have signed interconnection agreements with six different major incumbent
carriers covering 24 states and the District of Columbia. In many cases,
incumbent carriers do not agree to the provisions in interconnection agreements
that we request, and we have not consistently prevailed in obtaining all of the
provisions we desire. We may be unable to continue to sign interconnection
agreements with incumbent carriers. If we are unable to enter into, or
experience delay in obtaining, interconnection agreements, this inability or
delay may materially and adversely affect our business and financial prospects.
The incumbent carriers are also permitting competitive carriers to adopt
previously signed interconnection agreements.

    Our interconnection agreements have a maximum term of three years, requiring
us to renegotiate the existing terms in the future. We may be unable to extend
our existing interconnection agreements or renegotiate new agreements on
favorable or any terms. In addition, our interconnection agreements

                                       51
<PAGE>
are subject to state commission, Federal Communications Commission and judicial
oversight. These bodies may modify the terms or prices of our interconnection
agreements in ways that would adversely affect our business and financial
prospects.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    A significant portion of the services that we offer, particularly through
our wholly owned subsidiaries, Rhythms Links Inc., formerly ACI Corp., and
Rhythms Links Inc.-Virginia, formerly ACI Corp.-Virginia, may be subject to
regulation at the federal, state and/or local levels. Future federal or state
regulations and legislation may be less favorable to us than current regulation
and legislation and therefore have a material and adverse impact on our business
and financial prospects. In addition, we may expend significant financial and
managerial resources to participate in proceedings setting rules at either the
federal or state level, without achieving a favorable result.

    FEDERAL LEGISLATION AND REGULATION

    The 1996 Telecommunications Act, enacted on February 8, 1996, substantially
departs from prior legislation in the telecommunications industry by
establishing local exchange competition as a national policy. This act removes
state regulatory barriers to competition and preempts laws restricting
competition in the local exchange market.

    The 1996 Telecommunications Act in some sections is self-executing, but in
addition, the Federal Communications Commission issues regulations that identify
specific requirements upon which we and our competitors rely in implementing the
changes it prescribes. The outcome of these various ongoing Federal
Communications Commission rulemaking proceedings or judicial appeals of such
proceedings could materially affect our business and financial prospects.

    The Federal Communications Commission prescribes rules applicable to
interstate communications, including rules implementing the 1996
Telecommunications Act, a responsibility it shares with the state regulatory
commissions. The 1996 Telecommunications Act, and the Federal Communications
Commission's initial rules interpreting such act, encouraged increased local
competition. A federal appeals court for the Eighth Circuit reviewed some of the
initial rules, and overruled some of its provisions, including some rules on
pricing and nondiscrimination. In January, 1999, the United States Supreme Court
reversed elements of the Eighth Circuit's ruling, finding that the Federal
Communications Commission has broad authority to interpret the 1996
Telecommunications Act and issue rules for its implementation, specifically
including authority over pricing methodology. The Supreme Court upheld the
Federal Communications Commission's orders to the incumbent carriers to combine
unbundled elements for competitors, and to allow competitors to pick and choose
among provisions in existing interconnection agreements. The Supreme Court also
found that the Federal Communications Commission's interpretation of the rules
for establishing unbundled elements was not consistent with the 1996
Telecommunications Act, and required the Federal Communications Commission to
reconsider its delineation of unbundled elements. The Federal Communications
Commission's replacement decision on unbundled elements may adversely affect our
business. In addition, some incumbent carriers may take the position that they
have no obligation to provide unbundled elements, including copper loops, until
the Federal Communications Commission issues new rules, which could adversely
affect our business.

    In November, 1998, the Federal Communications Commission ruled that DSL
services provided as dedicated access services in connection with interstate
services such as Internet access are interstate services subject to the Federal
Communications Commission's jurisdiction. This decision is currently subject to
reconsideration and appeal.

    In addition, in the spring of 1998, four of the regional bell operating
companies petitioned the Federal Communications Commission, and they and others
have initiated legislative efforts since then,

                                       52
<PAGE>
to be relieved of certain regulatory requirements in connection with their own
DSL services, including obligations to unbundle DSL loops, but not the
obligation to unbundle the loops we purchase for our DSL services, and to resell
DSL services. In October 1998, the Federal Communications Commission ruled that
DSL services are telecommunications services subject to the requirements of the
1996 Telecommunications Act to unbundle such services and offer them for resale.
In October 1998, the Federal Communications Commission also issued a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking indicating its intention to clarify expanded rights of
competitive carriers for collocation, access to copper loops, and various other
issues of consequence to competitive carriers deploying DSL services. The
Federal Communications Commission also indicated its intention to allow
incumbent carriers to create separate affiliates for their DSL businesses that
would have to operate as competitive carriers and would be permitted to operate
free of the resale and unbundling obligations of the 1996 Telecommunications
Act. The final outcome of these decisions, originally scheduled to be announced
on January 28, 1999, had been postponed by the Federal Communications Commission
while it considered the impact of the Supreme Court's ruling on the 1996
Telecommunications Act. On March 31, 1999, the Federal Communications Commission
issued a decision on collocation issues which was generally favorable to the
competitive carriers. This decision has been appealed to the D.C. Circuit by U S
WEST and GTE, although it has not been stayed. In the same decision the Federal
Communications Commission established further proceedings to consider issues
related to unbundled network elements. The Federal Communications Commission is
also engaged in a proceeding to define what the incumbent carriers' obligations
are to make available unbundled network elements. The final outcome of these
petitions or other proceedings or initiatives interpreting the requirements of
the 1996 Telecommunications Act may adversely affect our business.

    STATE REGULATION

    Some of our services, particularly those of our subsidiaries, Rhythms Links
Inc. and Rhythms Links Inc.-Virginia, may be classified as intrastate services
subject to state regulation. All of the states where we operate, or will
operate, require some degree of state regulatory commission approval to provide
certain intrastate services. In most states, intrastate tariffs are also
required for various intrastate services, although we are not typically subject
to price or rate of return regulation for tariffed intrastate services. Actions
by state public utility commissions could cause us to incur substantial legal
and administrative expenses.

    Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, if we so request, incumbent carriers
have a statutory duty to negotiate in good faith with us for agreements for
interconnection and access to unbundled network elements. These negotiations are
conducted on a region-wide basis, and individual agreements are then signed for
each of the states in the region for which we have made a request. We have
signed interconnection agreements with Ameritech, Bell Atlantic, BellSouth, GTE,
Pacific Bell and U S WEST. We have signed agreements with Ameritech for Illinois
and Michigan and currently are negotiating interconnection agreements for
Indiana, Ohio and Wisconsin. We have signed agreements with Bell Atlantic for
the District of Columbia, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania and Virginia and are currently negotiating agreements for
Connecticut, Delaware, New Hampshire and Rhode Island. We have signed agreements
with BellSouth for Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee. We have signed agreements with GTE
for California, Florida, North Carolina and Washington and are currently
completing agreements for Ohio, Oregon, Texas and Virginia. We have signed an
agreement with Pacific Bell for California. We have signed agreements with U S
WEST for Arizona, Colorado, Minnesota, Oregon, and Washington and are currently
negotiating an agreement for Utah. In addition, we are currently negotiating
with SBC Communications Inc. for Kansas and Missouri and with Sprint for
Florida, Minnesota, Nevada, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania,
Tennessee and Virginia, with the Southern New England Telephone Company for
Connecticut and with Cincinnati Bell for Ohio and Kentucky. These
interconnection agreements may not be on terms that are entirely satisfactory to
us.

                                       53
<PAGE>
    During these negotiations, either the incumbent carrier or we may submit
disputes to the state regulatory commissions for mediation and, after the
expiration of the statutory negotiation period set forth in the 1996
Telecommunications Act, we may submit outstanding disputes to the states for
arbitration. We are currently arbitrating with SBC Communications Inc. in Texas
the terms of our interconnection agreement with Southwestern Bell for Texas. The
outcome of this arbitration may be unfavorable to us.

    Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, states have begun and, in a number of
cases, completed regulatory proceedings to determine the pricing of unbundled
network elements and services, and the results of these proceedings will
determine the price we pay for, and whether it is economically attractive for us
to use, these elements and services.

    We are subject to requirements in some states to obtain prior approval for,
or notify the state commission of, any transfers of control, sales of assets,
corporate reorganizations, issuances of stock or debt instruments and related
transactions. Although we believe such authorizations could be obtained, there
can be no assurance that the state commissions would grant us authority to
complete any transactions.

    LOCAL GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    Should we in the future decide to operate our own transport facilities over
public rights-of-way, we may be required to obtain various permits and
authorizations from municipalities in which we operate such facilities. Some
municipalities may seek to impose similar requirements on users of transmission
facilities, even though they do not own such facilities. If municipal
governments impose conditions on granting permits or other authorizations or if
they fail to act in granting such permits or other authorizations, our business
could be adversely affected.

EMPLOYEES

    As of June 30, 1999, we had approximately 580 employees. We believe that our
future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and
retain qualified personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we
may be unable to identify, attract and retain such personnel in the future. None
of our employees are represented by a labor union or are the subject of a
collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced a work stoppage and
believe that our employee relations are good.

PROPERTIES

    Our headquarters are located in facilities consisting of approximately
80,000 square feet in Englewood, Colorado, which we occupy under leases that
expire in October 1999 and January 2004. These leases may be extended. We also
lease space for network equipment installations in a number of other locations.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    In December 1998, we instituted an arbitration proceeding, before the Public
Utility Commission of Texas, with Southwestern Bell Telephone Company regarding
the terms of interconnection with Southwestern Bell in Texas. The dispute
involves the terms and conditions of issues related to DSL-based services and
loops in connection with our interconnection agreement with Southwestern Bell.
We are seeking to compel Southwestern Bell to include in our interconnection
agreement language comparable to that in our other interconnection agreements,
which gives us the ability to obtain copper telephone lines on which we provide
our chosen variety of DSL technologies, among other issues.

                                       54
<PAGE>
    In addition, on March 12, 1999, our subsidiary Rhythms Links Inc. filed a
complaint with the Oregon Public Utilities Commission against U S WEST
requesting that the Oregon Public Utilities Commission determine that U S WEST
permit collocation by Rhythms Links in several central offices in which U S WEST
claimed that it had no space available. U S WEST agreed to permit Rhythms Links
collocation in the disputed central offices just before hearings were scheduled
to begin in June 1999.

    On February 18, 1999, we filed a complaint for declaratory relief in San
Diego County Superior Court, North County against Thomas R. Lafleur. Mr. Lafleur
was a former employee who resigned and/or was terminated in 1998. After he left,
we sent him a check for the repurchase or buy-back of his unvested shares; Mr.
Lafleur refused to cash this check. The declaratory relief action is to
determine that his shares were unvested and thus properly repurchased. On or
about March 26, 1999, Mr. Lafleur filed an answer to the complaint and also
filed a cross-complaint against us for fraud, breach of the covenant of good
faith and fair dealing, conspiracy to inflict emotional distress, intentional
infliction of emotional distress, conversion and declaratory relief. The
cross-complaint seeks compensatory and punitive damages according to proof, and
438,115 shares of common stock. Mr. Lafleur alleges in his cross-complaint that
since we failed to purchase his shares within 60 days following his termination,
the terms of his stock purchase agreement prevent us from repurchasing his
shares. On April 24, 1999, we filed a demurrer and motion to strike the
cross-complaint filed by Mr. Lafleur. In response, Mr. Lafleur decided to
withdraw and amend his cross-complaint rather than oppose the demurrer, which
had been scheduled for hearing on June 24, 1999. On or about June 23, 1999, Mr.
Lafleur filed his first amended cross-complaint wherein he dropped four of the
claims alleged in his original cross-complaint: fraud, breach of the covenant of
good faith and fair dealing, conspiracy to inflict emotional distress, and
intentional infliction of emotional distress. Mr. Lafleur also added a claim for
breach of contract. On July 23, 1999, we filed a demurrer to the first amended
cross-complaint, which was set for hearing before the Court on September 2,
1999. On September 16, 1999, the court sustained the demurrer, with 10 days
leave to amend the cross-complaint. The Court has scheduled trial on this matter
in January 2000. We intend to vigorously defend against the amended
cross-complaint. We are currently accounting for these 438,115 shares as
treasury stock.

    In addition, we are subject to state commission, Federal Communications
Commission and court decisions as they relate to the interpretation and
implementation of the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the interpretation of
competitive carrier interconnection agreements in general and our
interconnection agreements in particular. In some cases, we may be deemed to be
bound by the results of ongoing proceedings of these bodies. We therefore may
participate in proceedings before these regulatory agencies or judicial bodies
that affect, and allow us to advance, our business plans.

                                       55
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    The following table shows the names, ages and positions of our executive
officers and directors. Their respective backgrounds are described below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                         AGE                                 POSITION(S)
- ---------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
Catherine M. Hapka.....................          44   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Steve Stringer.........................          44   President and Chief Operating Officer
B.P. Rick Adams, Jr....................          61   Chief Marketing Officer
Scott C. Chandler......................          38   Chief Financial Officer
James A. Greenberg.....................          38   Chief Network Officer
Michael S. Lanier......................          55   Chief Information Officer
Frank J. Tolve, Jr.....................          54   Chief Sales Officer
Jeffrey Blumenfeld.....................          51   Vice President and General Counsel
Michael E. Calabrese...................          33   Vice President, Sales Engineering
Eric H. Geis...........................          53   Vice President of National Deployment
David J. Shimp.........................          53   Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Kevin R. Compton.......................          40   Director
Keith B. Geeslin.......................          46   Director
Ken L. Harrison........................          56   Director
Susan Mayer............................          48   Director
William R. Stensrud....................          48   Director
John L. Walecka........................          39   Director
Edward J. Zander.......................          52   Director
</TABLE>

    All the officers identified above serve at the discretion of our Board of
Directors. There are no family relationships between any persons identified
above. The following are brief biographies of the persons identified above.

    CATHERINE M. HAPKA has been our Chief Executive Officer and a director since
June 1997. In addition, she was elected chairman of our board of directors in
June 1999. Prior to joining us, Ms. Hapka served as President of NETS, Inc., an
electronic commerce software company, from March 1997 to May 1997. NETS, Inc.
filed a bankruptcy petition in May 1997. Prior to joining NETS, Inc., Ms. Hapka
served as Executive Vice President, Markets, for U S WEST Communications, Inc.
from January 1995 to October 1996. In this capacity, Ms. Hapka led business and
consumer telecommunications units responsible for the voice, data, wireless,
video and long distance businesses. From 1991 to 1994, Ms. Hapka served as
President and Chief Operating Officer of the !NTERPRISE Networking Services Unit
of U S WEST. Prior to joining U S WEST, Ms. Hapka held general management
positions with General Electric and McKinsey & Co., Inc.

    STEVE STRINGER has been our President and Chief Operating Officer since May
1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stringer served in various positions at GE
Capital from 1991 to May 1999, most recently as Global Chief Operating Officer
at GE Capital IT Solutions. At GE Capital, Mr. Stringer also held the position
of President and CEO of the United States Division, President of the Midwest and
Atlantic regions and CEO of GE Capital's Federal Systems group.

    B.P. RICK ADAMS, JR. became our Chief Marketing Officer in June 1999. From
September 1998 until he joined us in June 1999, Mr. Adams was President of Adams
Consulting Group, a consulting practice specializing in marketing, strategic
planning, sales and communications. From December 1996 to April 1998, Mr. Adams
served as Group Vice President, Marketing at Microage, Inc. From April 1990 to
November 1996, Mr. Adams held various management positions at AT&T where he
served as Vice

                                       56
<PAGE>
President, Sales Support for the Americas and Vice President, Marketing and
Business Development at AT&T-NCR, and as Marketing Vice President for AT&T
Global Communications Systems.

    SCOTT C. CHANDLER has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April
1998. From August 1996 to April 1998, Mr. Chandler served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of C-COR Electronics, Inc., a manufacturer of broadband
telecommunications equipment. From June 1990 to August 1996, Mr. Chandler served
in various positions at U S WEST and its subsidiaries, most recently as Vice
President and General Manager of U S WEST Cable and Multimedia from September
1995 to August 1996. While at U S WEST, Mr. Chandler also served as Vice
President and General Manager of the U S WEST subsidiary, !NTERPRISE AMERICA,
from January 1994 to August 1995 and as Director of Vendor Relations and Channel
Support of !NTERPRISE Networking Services from January 1992 to December 1993.

    JAMES A. GREENBERG has been our Chief Network Officer since July 1997. From
January 1990 to July 1997, Mr. Greenberg served in various positions at Sprint
Communications, most recently as Senior Director and interim Vice President of
the Data Operations and Engineering Group. In that capacity, Mr. Greenberg
directed the design, planning, operation and construction of Sprint's data
networks.

    MICHAEL S. LANIER has been our Chief Information Officer since May 1999.
Prior to joining us, Mr. Lanier was most recently President and CEO of the
Technology Extension Company, a consulting firm specializing in business systems
architecture and design, a position he held from March 1996 to April 1999. Prior
to that Mr. Lanier served as Chief Information Officer at Intelligent
Electronics, Inc. from May 1993 to May 1996.

    FRANK J. TOLVE, JR. has served as our Chief Sales Officer since December
1998. From November 1994 to September 1998, Mr. Tolve served as Vice President,
Sales Operations at Bay Networks. In that capacity, Mr. Tolve's responsibilities
included sales administration, channel strategy and worldwide
telesales/telemarketing. Mr. Tolve also served as Vice President, Sales
Operations for SynOptics Communications from November 1992 to November 1994.

    JEFFREY BLUMENFELD has been our Vice President and General Counsel since
August 1997, and has been a partner in the Washington, D.C. law firm of
Blumenfeld & Cohen since 1984, which specializes in pro-competition advocacy for
technology-intensive companies. Since 1995, Mr. Blumenfeld has served as senior
trial counsel to the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice in
several matters. Before starting Blumenfeld & Cohen in 1984, Mr. Blumenfeld held
positions with the U.S. Department of Justice from 1973 to 1984, most recently
as Chief of the U.S. v. AT&T staff of the Antitrust Division. Mr. Blumenfeld is
an adjunct professor of communications law at the Georgetown University Law
Center. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Blumenfeld has agreed to expend
approximately 24 hours a week in his capacity as one of our officers. For more
information on Mr. Blumenfeld's relationship with us, please see "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions-- Legal Services."

    MICHAEL E. CALABRESE has been our Vice President, Sales Engineering since
August 1998. Prior to joining us, Mr. Calabrese served in various positions at
Cisco Systems, Inc. from August 1995 to August 1998, most recently as Account
Manager of the Data Equipment Group. In that capacity, Mr. Calabrese maintained
primary responsibility for managing Cisco's major accounts. From January 1993 to
August 1995, Mr. Calabrese held management positions at Sprint Communications.
First, as Manager, Project Engineering, Mr. Calabrese led Sprint Communication's
new product rollouts. Subsequently, as Manager, Network Planner, Mr. Calabrese
was responsible for the design and build-out of Sprint Communications Data
Networks.

    ERIC H. GEIS has been our Vice President of National Deployment since
January 1, 1999. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President and General
Manager, Western Region beginning June 1997 and

                                       57
<PAGE>
was a consultant to us from April 1997 to June 1997. From November 1995 to
December 1996, Mr. Geis served as National Sales Director at GRC International,
a producer and seller of wide area data network design and optimization software
applications. Between July 1990 and November 1995, Mr. Geis served as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Quintessential Solutions Inc., a provider of wide
area network design, pricing and optimization software applications for
interexchange carriers, regional bell operating companies, incumbent carriers,
Internet Service Providers and major corporate accounts. Mr. Geis was also
Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of TeleQuest, Inc., a
telecommunications products company from May 1983 to December 1990.

    DAVID J. SHIMP has served as our Senior Vice President, Human Resources,
since June 1999, and prior to that, served as our Chief Marketing Officer
beginning October 1998. Prior to joining us, Mr. Shimp was a partner at LAI Ward
Howell, Inc., a professional services firm, where he implemented that firm's
first systems group and was a leader in the technology department during his
tenure from January 1991 to October 1998. Previously, Mr. Shimp held management
positions at McKinsey & Co. and the Deerpath Group.

    KEVIN R. COMPTON has been a director since July 1997. Since 1990, Mr.
Compton has served as a general partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a
venture capital investment firm. Mr. Compton is a director of Citrix Systems,
Inc., Global Village Communication, Inc., OneWorld Systems, Inc., Verisign, Inc.
and Corsair Communications, Inc., and is also a director of several privately
held companies. Mr. Compton was elected a director as the nominee of Kleiner
Perkins Caufield & Byers, under the terms of a voting agreement.

    KEITH B. GEESLIN has been a director since July 1997. Since 1988, Mr.
Geeslin has served as a general partner of The Sprout Group, a venture capital
investment firm. Mr. Geeslin is a director of Actel Corporation, Quintus
Corporation, GlobeSpan Corporation, SDL, Inc. and Paradyne Corporation, a DSL
equipment manufacturer and supplier to us, and is also a director of several
privately held companies. For more details about Mr. Geeslin's director
positions, please see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Director
Relationships." Mr. Geeslin was elected a director as the nominee of The Sprout
Group, pursuant to the terms of a voting agreement.

    KEN L. HARRISON has been a director since March 1998. Since 1975, Mr.
Harrison has held various management positions at Portland General Electric
Company, where he currently serves as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
a position he has held since December 1988. In addition, Mr. Harrison currently
serves as Vice Chairman and is a director of Enron Corp., a position he has held
since July 1997. Mr. Harrison has also served as Chairman of Enron
Communications Group, Inc. since September 1997, and as a director of Enron Oil
and Gas Corporation since October 1997. Mr. Harrison was elected a director as
the nominee of Enron, pursuant to the terms of a voting agreement.

    SUSAN MAYER has been a director since March 1999. Ms. Mayer is the President
of the MCI WorldCom Venture Fund and a Senior Vice President of MCI WorldCom
Inc. Previously, she was Senior Vice President of MCI Communications Corporation
from 1994 to 1998. From 1996 to 1997, Ms. Mayer was also President and Chief
Operating Officer of Sky MCI. From 1993 to 1994, Ms. Mayer was Vice President of
MCI Communications Corporation.

    WILLIAM R. STENSRUD has been a director since our inception in February 1997
and also served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from February 1997
to June 1997. Mr. Stensrud has been a general partner at the venture capital
investment firm of Enterprise Partners since January 1997. From June 1996
through December 1996, Mr. Stensrud served as President of Paradyne Corporation.
Previously, from February 1992 to March 1996, Mr. Stensrud served as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Primary Access Corporation. Mr. Stensrud is a
director of Juniper Networks and Paradyne Corporation, a DSL equipment
manufacturer and supplier to us, and of several privately held companies. For
more details about Mr. Stensrud's director positions, please see "Certain
Relationships

                                       58
<PAGE>
and Related Transactions--Director Relationships." Mr. Stensrud was elected a
director as the nominee of Enterprise Partners, under the terms of a voting
agreement.

    JOHN L. WALECKA has been a director since July 1997. Since 1984, Mr. Walecka
has been at Brentwood Venture Capital, a venture capital investment firm, and
has been a general partner since 1990. Mr. Walecka is a director of several
privately held companies. Fore more details about Mr. Walecka's director
positions, please see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Director
Relationships." Mr. Walecka was elected a director as the nominee of Brentwood
Venture Capital, under the terms of a voting agreement.

    EDWARD J. ZANDER has been a director since March 1999. Since 1987, Mr.
Zander has held various management positions at Sun Microsystems, Inc., where he
currently serves as its Chief Operating Officer, a position he has held since
February 1998. Mr. Zander is a director of Documentum, Inc. and one privately
held company.

    All of our executive officers are appointed annually by and serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors. All of our executive officers are at-will
employees.

CLASSIFIED BOARD

    Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The term of office and
directors consisting of each class is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS                     DIRECTORS                                     TERM OF OFFICE
- -----------------  ------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                       <C>
Class I..........  Keith B. Geeslin          expires at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2000 and at each
                   Ken L. Harrison             third succeeding annual meeting thereafter
                   Edward J. Zander

Class II.........  Susan Mayer               expires at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2001 and at each
                   William R. Stensrud         third succeeding annual meeting thereafter
                   John L. Walecka

Class III........  Catherine M. Hapka        expires at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2002 and at each
                   Kevin R. Compton            third succeeding annual meeting thereafter
</TABLE>

    The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult
to change the composition of the board of directors.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    We have a standing compensation committee currently composed of Messrs.
Harrison, Stensrud and Walecka. The compensation committee reviews and acts on
matters relating to compensation levels and benefit plans for our executive
officers and key employees, including salary and stock options. The compensation
committee is also responsible for granting stock awards, stock options and stock
appreciation rights and other awards to be made under our existing incentive
compensation plans. We also have a standing audit committee composed of Messrs.
Compton and Geeslin. The audit committee assists in selecting our independent
auditors and in designating services to be performed by, and maintaining
effective communication with, those auditors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

    Directors do not receive compensation for services provided as a director or
for participation on any committee of our Board of Directors. All directors are
reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses in serving on our Board of Directors
or any of the board's committee.

                                       59
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following table shows information about the compensation awarded to,
earned by or paid to our current Chief Executive Officer and our four other most
highly compensated executive officers during 1998 and 1997. When reading the
Summary Compensation Table, you should understand the following:

    - Ms. Hapka has been employed by us since June 1997, and the annual
      compensation amount listed shows her compensation since such date.

    - With the exception of the 365,094 amount applicable to Ms. Hapka, all
      amounts in the column "Securities Underlying Options," represent the
      number of shares of our common stock that may be purchased upon the
      exercise of options. The 365,094 amount applicable to Ms. Hapka under that
      column represents a right to purchase 365,094 shares of Series A preferred
      stock, which she purchased in 1998.

    - Mr. Calabrese has been employed by us since August 1998, and the annual
      compensation amount listed shows his compensation since such date. Mr.
      Calabrese's bonus amount includes a cash payment of $150,000 to cover a
      signing bonus and relocation expenses.

    - Mr. Greenberg has been employed by us since July 1997, and the annual
      compensation amount listed shows his compensation since such date. The
      amount of "All Other Compensation" for Mr. Greenberg represents a flat fee
      relocation payment.

    - Ms. Farler was employed by us in October 1997; she resigned her position
      in February 1999 and the amounts shown for her under annual compensation
      reflect these facts.

    - Mr. Geis has been employed by us since April 1997, and the annual
      compensation amount listed sets forth his compensation since such date.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                                   AWARDS
                                                                                          -------------------------
                                                                                          SECURITIES
                                                                   ANNUAL COMPENSATION    UNDERLYING
                                                                  ----------------------   OPTIONS      ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(S)                           YEAR       SALARY      BONUS        (#)      COMPENSATION
- -----------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Catherine M. Hapka...................................       1998  $  339,583  $  134,584          --    $      --
  President, Chief Executive Officer                        1997     163,654      50,000   3,504,905           --
                                                                                             365,094
Michael E. Calabrese.................................       1998      42,417     157,623     360,000           --
  Vice President, Sales Engineering                         1997          --          --          --           --
James A. Greenberg...................................       1998     145,000      31,538      48,000       50,000
  Chief Network Officer                                     1997      63,205      16,615     547,642
Gloria A. Farler.....................................       1998     137,500      29,906      24,000           --
  Vice President, Marketing Support                         1997      25,781       7,161      48,000
Eric H. Geis.........................................       1998     136,000      29,580          --           --
  Vice President of National Development                    1997      96,519      18,417     132,000           --
</TABLE>

                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1998

    The following table shows information with respect to stock options granted
to our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly
compensated executive officers during 1998 under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock
Issuance Plan, which has been superseded by our 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. We
did not grant any stock appreciation rights to these officers during 1998.

                                       60
<PAGE>
    When reading the Option Grant table, you should understand the following:

    - Options granted are immediately exercisable for all the option shares, but
      any shares purchased under such options will be subject to repurchase by
      us at such shares' option exercise price until they vest.

    - We granted options to purchase an aggregate of 3,364,680 shares of common
      stock during 1998.

    - Amounts in the column "Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Annual Rates
      of Stock Appreciation for Option Term," represent the potential realizable
      value of option grants, assuming that our common stock appreciates at the
      annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date of grant until
      expiration of the granted options. These amounts are calculated based on
      Securities and Exchange Commission requirements and do not reflect our
      projection or estimate of future stock price growth. Actual gains, if any,
      on stock option exercises are dependent on the future performance of our
      common stock.

    - Ms. Farler resigned her position in February 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                        POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------    VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                  NUMBER OF   % OF TOTAL                                       ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                 SECURITIES     OPTIONS                                          APPRECIATION FOR
                                 UNDERLYING   GRANTED TO    EXERCISE                                OPTION TERM
                                   OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES    PRICE PER                          ---------------------
NAME                               GRANTED      IN 1998       SHARE        EXPIRATION DATE        5%         10%
- -------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------------------  ---------  ----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>                    <C>        <C>
Catherine M. Hapka.............          --           --           --                      --         --          --
Michael E. Calabrese...........     360,000        10.7%    $    0.25       September 9, 2008  $  56,601  $  143,437
James A. Greenberg.............      48,000         1.4%         0.25       September 9, 2008      7,547      19,125
Gloria A. Farler...............      24,000         0.7%         0.25       September 9, 2008      3,773       9,562
Eric H. Geis...................          --           --           --                      --         --          --
</TABLE>

                       FISCAL YEAR-END 1998 OPTION VALUES

    The following table provides information with respect to our Chief Executive
Officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers,
concerning the exercise of common and preferred stock options during 1998 and
unexercised options held by them at the end of 1998. When reading the Option
Value table, you should understand the following:

    - The value of unexercised in-the-money options at December 31, 1998 is
      based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 1998 as
      determined by our board of directors, less the exercise price payable for
      such shares.

    - The shares of common stock acquired on exercise as shown in the following
      table were deposited in escrow with our corporate secretary where they
      continue to vest in accordance with the applicable vesting provisions.

    - The value realized amount is based on the fair market value, as determined
      by our board of directors, of our common stock and Series A preferred
      stock on the exercise date for such shares, less the exercise price paid
      for such shares.

    - Ms. Hapka exercised all of her options in February 1998 for a net purchase
      price of $146,038 for common stock and $292,075 for Series A preferred
      stock. Ms. Hapka purchased the shares of Series A preferred stock at a
      $0.20 per share discount from market value, for an aggregate discount of
      $73,019.

    - Mr. Greenberg exercised all of his options in January 1998 for a net
      purchase price of $22,818.

    - Ms. Farler resigned her position in February 1999.

                                       61
<PAGE>
    - Ms. Farler exercised all of her options in March 1998 for a net purchase
      price of $1,800.

    - Mr. Geis exercised all of his options in January 1998 for a net purchase
      price of $5,500.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                                           VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                                                          UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED OPTIONS   MONEY OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31,
                                    SHARES                     AT DECEMBER 31, 1998                    1998
                                  ACQUIRED ON    VALUE    ------------------------------  -------------------------------
NAME                              EXERCISE(#)  REALIZED   EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------------  ------------  -----------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>                <C>           <C>
Catherine M. Hapka..............   3,869,999   $  73,019          --              --                --             --
Michael E. Calabrese............          --          --     360,000              --      $  1,440,000             --
James A. Greenberg..............     547,642          --      48,000              --           192,000             --
Gloria A. Farler................      43,200          --      24,000              --            96,000             --
Eric H. Geis....................     132,000          --          --              --                --             --
</TABLE>

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

    None of our employees are employed for a specified term, and each employee's
employment with us is subject to termination at any time by either party for any
reason, with or without cause.

    Ms. Hapka's employment agreement provides for a salary of $350,000 per year,
subject to periodic increases by the Board of Directors at its discretion. In
addition, it provides for a bonus potential of 50% of her base salary for her
second year of employment, which ends in June 1999, payable upon achievement of
certain milestones to be proposed by Ms. Hapka and agreed to by the Board of
Directors. In connection with her employment in June 1997, Ms. Hapka was granted
an option to purchase 3,504,905 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$0.04 per share under the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. Ms. Hapka
exercised such options in February 1998, subject to our right of repurchase
which lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule of the options. In
connection with her employment, Ms. Hapka was also given the right to purchase
up to 365,094 shares of Series A preferred stock at $0.80 per share. In February
1998, Ms. Hapka purchased these shares for an aggregate purchase price of
$292,075. We do not hold a right to repurchase these shares. In the event Ms.
Hapka's employment is terminated involuntarily and without cause, Ms. Hapka will
be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal to her then-current
annual salary.

    Mr. Stringer's employment agreement provides for a salary of $300,000 per
year, payable in accordance with Rhythms' regular pay period practices, and
subject to periodic increases by the Board of Directors at its discretion. It
also provides for guaranteed bonus compensation during the first year of
employment of $200,000, payable in quarterly installments. For any future years
of performance, Mr. Stringer's bonus will be consistent with the bonus plan
applicable to other members of the Rhythms management team, as approved by the
Board of Directors. In connection with his employment, Mr. Stringer was granted
options to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to
the common stock's fair market value on the date of the grant. The options will
vest over four years in accordance with the standard vesting schedule under our
1999 Stock Incentive Plan. Mr. Stringer has yet to exercise these options. In
addition, Mr. Stringer was also granted an option to purchase 70,252 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $14.23 per share. This second option will
vest over a two-year period in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on his
hire date. Mr. Stringer has yet to exercise these options. In the event Mr.
Stringer's employment is terminated without cause, he will be eligible to
receive monthly payments at his then applicable monthly base salary for a period
of 12 months from the date of termination of his employment.

    Mr. Lanier's employment agreement provides for a salary of $250,000 per
year, subject to periodic increases by the Board of Directors at its discretion.
In addition, the agreement provides for an annual bonus of up to 25% of his
annual salary. Mr. Lanier also received, as part of the acceptance of his
employment, a hiring bonus of $50,000. In connection with his employment, Mr.
Lanier was granted

                                       62
<PAGE>
options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to
the fair market price of the common stock on the date of the grant. Mr. Lanier
has yet to exercise these options.

    Mr. Calabrese's employment agreement provides for an annual salary of
$130,000, subject to periodic increases by the Board of Directors at its
discretion. It provides for an annual bonus of up to 20% of his annual salary.
In addition, Mr. Calabrese received, as part of the acceptance of his
employment, a cash payment of $150,000, which also covered relocation expenses.
In the event Mr. Calabrese's employment is terminated involuntarily and without
cause during the first year of employment, which ends in August 1999, Mr.
Calabrese will be entitled to receive a payment equal to one year's base salary
payable in 12 monthly installments.

    Mr. Greenberg's employment agreement provides for an annual salary of
$145,000, subject to periodic increases by the Board of Directors at its
discretion.

    Mr. Geis' employment agreement provides for an annual salary of $136,000,
subject to periodic increases by the Board of Directors at its discretion. It
provides for an annual bonus of up to 25% of his base salary.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    Our Board of Directors currently has a compensation committee that reviews
and approves the compensation and benefits to be provided to our executive
officers and other key employees. In addition, the compensation committee
administers the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. The compensation committee currently
consists of Messrs. Harrison, Stensrud and Walecka.

BENEFIT PLANS

    1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

    Our 1999 Stock Incentive Plan is the successor equity incentive program to
the 1997 Stock Option/ Stock Issuance Plan. The 1999 Stock Incentive Plan was
adopted by the board on March 16, 1999 and became effective in April 1999. All
outstanding options under the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan were at that
time incorporated into the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, and no further option
grants may be made under the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. The
incorporated options will continue to be governed by their existing terms,
unless the plan administrator elects to extend one or more features of the 1999
Incentive Plan to those options. Except as otherwise noted below, the
incorporated options have substantially the same terms as grants made under the
Discretionary Option Grant Program of the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.

    As of June 30, 1999, we had reserved 8,161,944 shares of common stock for
issuance under the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. The number of shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan will
automatically increase on the first trading day in January each calendar year,
beginning in calendar year 2000, by an amount equal to 4% of the total number of
shares of common stock outstanding on the last trading day in December in the
preceding calendar year, but in no event will this annual increase exceed
2,880,000 shares. In addition, no participant in the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan
may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights
and direct stock issuances for more than 900,000 shares of common stock in the
aggregate per calendar year.

    The 1999 Stock Incentive Plan is divided into five separate components:

    - the Discretionary Option Grant Program, under which eligible individuals
      in our employ or service, including officers, non-employee board members
      and consultants, may, at the discretion of the plan administrator, be
      granted options to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price
      not less than 100% of the fair market value of those shares on the grant
      date;

                                       63
<PAGE>
    - the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible individuals may, in the
      plan administrator's discretion, be issued shares of common stock
      directly, upon the attainment of designated performance milestones or upon
      the completion of a specified service requirement or as a bonus for past
      services;

    - the Salary Investment Option Grant Program, which may, at the plan
      administrator's sole discretion, be activated for one or more calendar
      years and, if so activated, will allow executive officers and other highly
      compensated employees the opportunity to apply a portion of their base
      salary each year to the acquisition of special below-market stock option
      grants;

    - the Automatic Option Grant Program, under which option grants will
      automatically be made at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee board
      members to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to
      100% of the fair market value of those shares on the grant date; and

    - the Director Fee Option Grant Program, which may, in the plan
      administrator's sole discretion, be activated for one or more calendar
      years and, if so activated, will allow non-employee board members the
      opportunity to apply a portion of the annual retainer fee otherwise
      payable to them in cash each year to the acquisition of special
      below-market option grants.

    The Discretionary Option Grant Program and the Stock Issuance Program are
administered by the compensation committee. The compensation committee as plan
administrator has complete discretion to determine which eligible individuals
are to receive option grants or stock issuances under those programs, the time
or times when the grants or issuances are to be made, the number of shares
subject to each grant or issuance, the status of any granted option as either an
incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock option under the Federal tax
laws, the vesting schedule to be in effect for the option grant or stock
issuance and the maximum term for which any granted option is to remain
outstanding. However, the board acting by disinterested majority has the
exclusive authority to make any discretionary option grants or stock issuances
to members of the compensation committee. The compensation committee also has
the exclusive authority to select the executive officers and other highly
compensated employees who may participate in the Salary Investment Option Grant
Program in the event that program is activated for one or more calendar years.
Neither the compensation committee nor the board may exercise any administrative
discretion with respect to option grants under the Salary Investment Option
Grant Program or under the Automatic Option Grant or Director Fee Option Grant
Program for the non-employee board members. All grants under those latter three
programs shall be made in strict compliance with the express provisions of each
program.

    The exercise price for the shares of common stock subject to option grants
made under the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan may be paid in cash or in shares of
common stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date. The option may
also be exercised through a same-day sale program without any cash outlay by the
optionee.

    The plan administrator has the authority to effect the cancellation of
outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program (including
options incorporated from the 1997 Stock Option/ Stock Issuance Plan) in return
for the grant of new options for the same or different number of option shares
with an exercise price per share based upon the fair market value of the common
stock on the new grant date.

    Stock appreciation rights are authorized for issuance under the
Discretionary Option Grant Program. These rights provide the holders with the
election to surrender their outstanding options for an appreciation distribution
from us equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the vested shares of
common stock subject to the surrendered option over (ii) the aggregate exercise
price payable for those shares. Such appreciation distribution may be made in
cash or in shares of common stock. None

                                       64
<PAGE>
of the incorporated options from the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
contain any stock appreciation rights.

    In the event that we are acquired by merger or asset sale, each outstanding
option under the Discretionary Option Grant Program which is not to be assumed
by the successor corporation will automatically accelerate in full, and all
unvested shares under the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs
will immediately vest, except to the extent our repurchase rights with respect
to those shares are to be assigned to the successor corporation. The plan
administrator has complete discretion to grant one or more options under the
Discretionary Option Grant Program which will vest and become exercisable for
all the option shares in the event those options are assumed in the acquisition
and the optionee's service with us or the acquiring entity is terminated within
a designated period (not to exceed eighteen months) following that acquisition.
The vesting of outstanding shares under the Stock Issuance Program may be
accelerated upon similar terms and conditions.

    The plan administrator is also authorized to grant options and structure
repurchase rights so that the shares subject to those options or repurchase
rights will immediately vest in connection with a change in ownership or control
(whether by successful tender offer for more than fifty percent of our
outstanding voting stock or by a change in the majority of our board through one
or more contested elections for board membership). Such accelerated vesting may
occur either at the time of such change or upon the subsequent termination of
the individual's service within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen
months) following the change.

    The options incorporated from the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan will
immediately vest if we are acquired by merger or asset sale, unless our
repurchase rights with respect to the unvested shares subject to those options
are assigned to the successor entity. In addition, such options will vest and
become exercisable for all the option shares in the event those options are
assumed in the acquisition and the optionee's service with us or the acquiring
entity is terminated within 24 months following that acquisition.

    In the event the plan administrator elects to activate the Salary Investment
Option Grant Program for one or more calendar years, each executive officer and
other highly compensated employee selected for participation may elect, prior to
the start of the calendar year, to reduce his or her base salary for that
calendar year by a specified dollar amount not less than $10,000 nor more than
$50,000. Each selected individual who files this timely election will
automatically be granted, on the first trading day in January of the calendar
year for which that salary reduction is to be in effect, a non-statutory option
to purchase that number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the
salary reduction amount by two-thirds of the fair market value per share of
common stock on the grant date. The option will be exercisable at a price per
share equal to one-third of the fair market value of the option shares on the
grant date. As a result, the total spread on the option shares at the time of
grant (the fair market value of the option shares on the grant date less the
aggregate exercise price payable for those shares) will be equal to the amount
of salary invested in that option. The option will vest and become exercisable
in a series of twelve equal monthly installments over the calendar year for
which the salary reduction is to be in effect.

    Under the Automatic Option Grant Program, eligible non-employee board
members will receive a series of option grants over their period of board
service. Each individual who first becomes a non-employee board member at any
time at or after April 6, 1999 will receive an option grant for 28,800 shares of
common stock on the date such individual joins the board, provided such
individual has not been in our prior employ. In addition, on the date of each
annual stockholders meeting held after April 6, 1999, each non-employee board
member who is to continue to serve as a non-employee board member (including the
individuals who are currently serving as non-employee board members) will
automatically be granted an option to purchase 7,200 shares of common stock,
provided such individual has served on the board for at least six months. There
will be no limit on the number of such 7,200

                                       65
<PAGE>
share option grants any one eligible non-employee Board member may receive over
his or her period of continued board service, and non-employee board members who
have previously been in our employ will be eligible to receive one or more such
annual option grants over their period of board service.

    Each automatic grant will have an exercise price per share equal to the fair
market value per share of common stock on the grant date and will have a term of
10 years, subject to earlier termination following the optionee's cessation of
board service. Each automatic option will be immediately exercisable for all of
the option shares; however, any unvested shares purchased under the option will
be subject to repurchase by us, at the exercise price paid per share, should the
optionee cease to serve on the board service prior to vesting in those shares.
The shares subject to each initial 28,800-share automatic option grant will vest
in a series of six successive equal semi-annual installments upon the optionee's
completion of each six-month period of board service over the thirty-six-month
period measured from the grant date. The shares subject to each annual
7,200-share automatic grant will vest in two successive equal semi-annual
installments upon the optionee's completion of each six-month period of board
service measured from the grant date. However, the shares will immediately vest
in full upon certain changes in control or ownership or upon the optionee's
death or disability while a board member. Following the optionee's cessation of
board service for any reason, each option will remain exercisable for a 12-month
period and may be exercised during that time for any or all shares in which the
optionee is vested at the time of such cessation of service.

    If the Director Fee Option Grant Program is activated in the future, each
non-employee board member will have the opportunity to apply all or a portion of
any annual retainer fee otherwise payable in cash to the acquisition of a
below-market option grant. The option grant will automatically be made on the
first trading day in January in the year for which the retainer fee would
otherwise be payable in cash. The option will have an exercise price per share
equal to one-third of the fair market value of the option shares on the grant
date, and the number of shares subject to the option will be determined by
dividing the amount of the retainer fee applied to the program by two-thirds of
the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. As a result,
the total spread on the option (the fair market value of the option shares on
the grant date less the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares) will
be equal to the portion of the retainer fee invested in that option. The option
will vest and become exercisable for the option shares in a series of twelve
equal monthly installments over the calendar year for which the election is to
be in effect. However, the option will become immediately exercisable and vested
for all the option shares upon (i) certain changes in the ownership or control
or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee while serving as a board member.

    The shares subject to each option under the Salary Investment Option Grant,
Automatic Option Grant and Director Fee Option Grant Programs will immediately
vest upon (i) an acquisition of us by merger or asset sale or (ii) the
successful completion of a tender offer for more than 50% of our outstanding
voting stock or a change in the majority of our board effected through one or
more contested elections for board membership.

    Limited stock appreciation rights will automatically be included as part of
each grant made under the Automatic Option Grant, Salary Investment Option Grant
and Director Fee Option Grant Programs and may be granted to one or more
officers as part of their option grants under the Discretionary Option Grant
Program. Options with this limited stock appreciation right may be surrendered
to us upon the successful completion of a hostile tender offer for more than 50%
of our outstanding voting stock. In return for the surrendered option, the
optionee will be entitled to a cash distribution from us in an amount per
surrendered option share equal to the excess of (i) the highest price per share
of common stock paid in connection with the tender offer over (ii) the exercise
price payable for such share.

    The board may amend or modify the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan at any time,
subject to any required stockholder approval. The 1999 Stock Incentive Plan will
terminate on the earliest of

                                       66
<PAGE>
(i) February 28, 2009, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance
under the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan have been issued as fully vested shares or
(iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with certain
changes in control or ownership of us.

    1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

    Our 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by the board on March 16,
1999 and became effective in April 1999. The plan is designed to allow our
eligible employees and those of our participating subsidiaries to purchase
shares of common stock, at semi-annual intervals, through their periodic payroll
deductions under the plan.

    One million two hundred thousand shares (1,200,000) of common stock have
been reserved for issuance under the plan. The reserve will automatically
increase on the first trading in January each year, beginning with calendar year
2000, by an amount equal to one percent of the total number of outstanding
shares of our common stock on the last trading day in December in the
immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event will any such annual
increase exceed 780,000 shares.

    The plan will be implemented in a series of successive offering periods,
each with a maximum duration of 24 months. However, the initial offering period
began on April 6, 1999 and will end on the last business day in April 2001. The
next offering period will commence on the first business day in May 2001, and
subsequent offering periods will commence as designated by the plan
administrator.

    Individuals who are eligible employees (scheduled to work more than 20 hours
per week for more than five calendar months per year) on the start date of any
offering period may enter the plan on that start date or on any subsequent
semi-annual entry date (the first business day of May or November each year).
Individuals who become eligible employees after the start date of the offering
period may join the plan on any subsequent semi-annual entry date within that
offering period.

    Payroll deductions may not exceed 15% of the participant's cash earnings,
and the accumulated payroll deductions of each participant will be applied to
the purchase of shares on his or her behalf on each semi-annual purchase date
(the last business day in April and October each year) at a purchase price per
share equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the fair market value of the common stock
on the participant's entry date into the offering period or (ii) the fair market
value on the semi-annual purchase date. In no event, however, may any
participant purchase more than 900 shares on any semi-annual purchase date, nor
may all participants in the aggregate purchase more than 300,000 shares on any
semi-annual purchase date.

    If the fair market value per share of our common stock on any purchase date
is less than the fair market value per share on the start date of the two-year
offering period, then that offering period will automatically terminate, and a
new two-year offering period will begin on the next business day, with all
participants in the terminated offering to be automatically transferred to the
new offering period.

    Should we be acquired by merger, sale of substantially all our assets or
sale of securities possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined
voting power of our outstanding securities, then all outstanding purchase rights
will automatically be exercised immediately prior to the effective date of an
acquisition. The purchase price will be equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the
fair market value per share of common stock on the participant's entry date into
the offering period in which an acquisition occurs or (ii) the fair market value
per share of common stock immediately prior to an acquisition. The limitation on
the maximum number of shares purchasable in the aggregate on any one purchase
date will not be in effect for any purchase date attributable to such an
acquisition.

    The plan will terminate on the earlier of (i) the last business day of April
2009, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the plan
shall have been sold pursuant to purchase rights exercised thereunder or (iii)
the date on which all purchase rights are exercised in connection with an
acquisition of us by merger or asset sale.

                                       67
<PAGE>
    The board may at any time alter, suspend or discontinue the plan. However,
certain amendments may require stockholder approval.

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

    Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the
maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, our bylaws require us to
indemnify our directors and officers, and allow us to indemnify our other
employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. We have also
entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and certain executive
officers. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to
attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers. At present, there
is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee
or agent where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware
of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such
indemnification. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling
our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.

                                       68
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

SERIES A PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    On July 3, 1997, we entered into a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement with Enterprise Partners, Brentwood Venture Capital, Kleiner Perkins
Caufield & Byers, The Sprout Group and certain other investors. In a series of
three closings, these investors purchased in the aggregate 12,280,000 shares of
our Series A preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $12.3 million,
which converted into 29,472,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of the
initial public offering of our common stock in April 1999. Also, under a
Subsequent Closing Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1997, we sold an
additional 210,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to other investors for
an aggregate purchase price of $210,000, which converted into 504,000 shares of
common stock upon the closing of the initial public offering of our common stock
in April 1999. In connection with these sales, we entered into an Investors'
Rights Agreement and Addendum with these investors which provided them with
demand and piggyback registration rights, and rights of first offer in the event
we propose to offer for sale certain of our securities. This investors' rights
agreement and addendum has been superseded by the 1999 Investors' Rights
Agreement from the Qwest investment. For more details about the Qwest
investment, please see "--Investors' Rights Agreement."

    In connection with an employment agreement between us and Catherine Hapka,
we issued 365,094 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of
$0.80 per share to Ms. Hapka, which converted into 876,226 shares of common
stock upon the closing of the initial public offering of our common stock in
April 1999. Please see "Management--Employment Agreements and Change in Control
Arrangements."

SERIES B PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    On March 12, 1998, we entered into a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement with some of the purchasers of our Series A and Enron. Under this
agreement, these investors acquired an aggregate of 4,044,943 shares of our
Series B preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $18.0 million, which
converted into 9,707,863 shares of common stock upon the closing of the initial
public offering of our common stock in April 1999. In connection with the Series
B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, we entered into an Amended and Restated
Investors' Rights Agreement with the purchasers of our Series A and Series B
preferred stock on March 12, 1998. This agreement replaced the investors' rights
agreement and addendum from the Series A preferred stock financing and has been
superseded by the 1999 Investors' Rights Agreement from the Qwest investment.

SERIES C PURCHASE AGREEMENT; OTHER AGREEMENTS WITH MCI WORLDCOM

    In March 1999, we entered into a Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant
Purchase Agreement with MCI WorldCom's investment fund, under which the fund
acquired, for an aggregate purchase price of $30.0 million, 3,731,410 shares of
Series C preferred stock, which converted into 4,477,692 shares of common stock
upon the closing of the initial public offering of our common stock in April
1999, and a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 720,000 shares of our common
stock at $6.70 per share. In April 1999, we issued to MCI WorldCom's investment
fund a warrant to purchase an additional 136,996 shares of common stock at
$21.00 per share. In connection with this purchase agreement, we entered into an
Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, which replaced the investors'
rights agreement from the Series B preferred stock financing and has been
superseded by the 1999 Investors' Rights Agreement from the Qwest investment.

    The MCI WorldCom investment was part of a broader strategic arrangement
between us and MCI WorldCom. As part of this strategic arrangement, we also
entered into an agreement with MCI WorldCom which designates us as the first
choice in its alternative access provisioning system for DSL services in certain
circumstances, and which provides that MCI WorldCom is committed to sell at
least

                                       69
<PAGE>
100,000 of our DSL lines over a period of five years, subject to penalties for
failure to reach target commitments. In turn, we have designated MCI WorldCom as
our preferred provider of network services. For more details about our
arrangement with MCI WorldCom, please see "Business--Strategic Partnerships."

SERIES C PURCHASE AGREEMENT; OTHER AGREEMENTS WITH MICROSOFT

    In March 1999, we entered into a Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant
Purchase Agreement with Microsoft, under which Microsoft acquired, for an
aggregate purchase price of $30.0 million, 3,731,409 shares of our Series C
preferred stock, which converted into 4,477,691 shares of common stock upon the
closing of the initial public offering of our common stock in April 1999, and a
warrant to purchase an aggregate of 720,000 shares of our common stock at a
purchase price of $6.70 per share. In connection with this purchase agreement,
we entered into an Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated March
16, 1999 which replaced the investors' rights agreement from the MCI WorldCom
investment and has been superseded by the 1999 Investors' Rights Agreement from
the Qwest investment.

    The Microsoft investment was also part of a broader strategic arrangement.
As part of the Microsoft arrangement, we entered into an agreement in which
Microsoft agreed to jointly distribute with us a co-branded DSL version of the
Microsoft Network service focused on our small business customers. For more
details about our arrangement with Microsoft, please see "Business--Strategic
Partnerships."

SERIES C PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND SERIES D PURCHASE AGREEMENT; OTHER AGREEMENTS
  WITH QWEST

    In connection with a broader customer relationship between us and Qwest, in
April 1999 we entered into a Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase
Agreement and a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with U.S.
Telesource, Qwest's wholly owned subsidiary. Under these agreements it acquired,
for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $15 million, 932,836 shares of
Series C preferred stock, which converted into 1,119,403 shares of common stock
upon the closing of the initial public offering of our common stock in April
1999, 441,176 shares of Series D preferred stock, which converted into 441,176
shares of common stock upon the closing of the initial public offering of our
common stock in April 1999, and a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 180,000
shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $6.70 per share. In connection
with these purchase agreements, we entered into an Amended and Restated
Investors' Rights Agreement, that replaced the investors' rights agreement from
the Microsoft investment. For more details about this agreement, please see
"--Investors Rights Agreement."

    The Qwest investment was also part of a broader strategic arrangement
between us and Qwest. As part of the Qwest relationship, Qwest has committed to
purchase from us performance class DSL services for re-sale to its customers. In
return, we have agreed to use Qwest's network and application hosting services
in certain situations.

INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT

    Under the terms of the 1999 Investors' Rights Agreement, the former holders
of preferred stock acquired registration rights with respect to our common
stock. At any time after October 6, 1999:

    - holders of 60% or more of the registrable securities, as defined in the
      1999 Investors' Rights Agreement, may require us to register for public
      sale no less than 20% of their shares then outstanding; or

    - Enron may require us to register for public sale no less than 20% of our
      shares it then holds; or

                                       70
<PAGE>
    - MCI WorldCom's investment fund may require us to register for public sale
      no less than 20% of our shares it then holds.

    In addition, if certain competitors of MCI WorldCom or Qwest acquire greater
than 5% of our common stock, then MCI WorldCom's investment fund or Qwest's
wholly owned subsidiary, as the case may be, may require us to register for
public sale all of its shares of our stock. We sometimes refer to these as
contingent demands for registration.

    Our Board of Directors may defer any of the above demands for registration
for a period up to 120 days. We are obligated to effect only:

    - two such registrations at the request of holders of 60% or more of the
      registrable securities,

    - one such registration at the request of Enron,

    - one such registration at the request of MCI WorldCom's investment fund,

    - one contingent demand for registration at the request of MCI WorldCom's
      investment fund, and

    - one contingent demand for registration at the request of Qwest's
      subsidiary.

    In addition, if we propose to register securities under the Securities Act
of 1933, with some exceptions, then any of the parties to our 1999 Investors'
Rights Agreement has a right to request that we register such holder's
registrable securities, subject to quantity limitations determined by
underwriters if the offering involves an underwriting. All registration expenses
incurred in connection with the registrations described above and all piggyback
registrations will be borne by us. The participating stockholders will pay for
underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with any such
registrations. We have agreed to indemnify the parties to the agreement against
certain liabilities in connection with any registration effected pursuant to the
1999 Investors' Rights Agreement, including Securities Act liabilities. Further,
the holders of 40% or more of the registrable securities may require us to
register all or a portion of our registrable securities on Form S-3 when we
qualify to file on such form, provided that the aggregate proceeds of each such
registration are at least $5.0 million and subject to other conditions and
limitations, including our ability to defer the filing of the Form S-3
registration for a period of not more than 120 days in some circumstances. All
expenses incurred in connection with such a Form S-3 registration shall be borne
pro rata by the stockholders participating in the Form S-3 registration. All
registration rights will terminate no later than April 12, 2004. We have agreed
to indemnify the stockholders against certain liabilities in connection with any
registration effected pursuant to the 1999 Investors' Rights Agreement,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

OFFERING OF NOTES AND WARRANTS

    On May 5, 1998, we closed a private placement of units consisting of $290
million aggregate principal amount at maturity of senior discount notes and
warrants to purchase 4,732,800 shares of our common stock. In October 1998, we
exchanged our senior discount notes for a like principal amount of 1998 senior
discount notes that we registered under the Securities Act. Certain associates
of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, an initial purchaser in
the May 1998 offering, own an aggregate of 8,278,651 shares of our common stock,
which represent in the aggregate approximately 11.5% of our outstanding equity.

    Of these, Sprout Capital VII, L.P. beneficially owns 7,201,565 shares of our
common stock, which represent in the aggregate approximately 10.0% of our
outstanding equity. All of the shares owned by Sprout Capital VII, L.P. are
subject to a voting trust and are held by an independent third party as trustee.
The trustee will vote such shares in its sole and absolute discretion as advised
by an independent adviser who is not affiliated with Sprout Capital VII, L.P.
and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.

                                       71
<PAGE>
    Also, Mr. Keith B. Geeslin is currently a member of our Board of Directors.
Mr. Geeslin is a Divisional Senior Vice President of DLJ Capital Corporation, a
wholly owned subsidiary of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc., the parent of
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. Mr. Geeslin is also one of
several individuals who serve as general partners of DLJ Associates VII, L.P.,
which is a general partner of Sprout Capital VII, L.P. DLJ Capital Corporation
is the managing general partner of each of Sprout Capital VII, L.P. and The
Sprout CEO Fund, L.P.

DIRECTOR RELATIONSHIPS

    William R. Stensrud, a member of our Board of Directors, also served as our
President and Chief Executive Officer from February 1997 through June 1997. Mr.
Stensrud and Mr. Geeslin, also a member of our Board of Directors, both serve as
directors for Paradyne Corporation, one of our vendors. Additionally, from June
1996 through December 1996, Mr. Stensrud served as President of Paradyne
Corporation. John L. Walecka, a member of our Board of Directors, served until
July 1999 as a director for Xylan Corporation, an indirect vendor to us. For the
period ended December 31, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1998, we made
purchases totaling approximately $419,000 and $13.0 million, respectively, from
Paradyne Corporation. We do not purchase any products directly from Xylan
Corporation; rather, our purchase of Xylan Corporation products is sourced
through Paradyne Corporation. We believe that our transactions with Paradyne
Corporation and Xylan Corporation were completed at rates similar to those
available from alternative vendors.

    Susan Mayer, a member of our Board of Directors, also serves as President of
MCI WorldCom's investment fund and a Senior Vice President of MCI WorldCom, Inc.
In March 1999, we entered into a strategic arrangement with MCI WorldCom, Inc.
As part of this strategic arrangement, MCI WorldCom's investment fund invested
$30.0 million in us.

LEGAL SERVICES

    Jeffrey Blumenfeld, our Vice President and General Counsel, also serves as a
partner of Blumenfeld & Cohen, a law firm which performs legal services for us.
In connection with Mr. Blumenfeld's employment with us, we issued to him options
to purchase 438,115 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.04 per
share, which were exercised in January 1998. In addition, Mr. Blumenfeld and
certain other partners of Blumenfeld & Cohen purchased an aggregate of 140,000
shares of Series A preferred stock at $1.00 per share, which converted into
336,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of the initial public offering
of our common stock in April 1999. For the period ended December 31, 1997 and
for the year ended December 31, 1998, we incurred expenses for legal fees to
Blumenfeld & Cohen of approximately $92,000 and $1.3 million, respectively.

    Under the terms of a written employment agreement with Mr. Blumenfeld, we
have agreed to employ him as Vice President and General Counsel at an annual
salary of $110,000 for a minimum time commitment by Mr. Blumenfeld of 24 hours a
week. Under the terms of such agreement, Blumenfeld & Cohen has agreed to charge
us at a discount from its regular rates for legal services, including Mr.
Blumenfeld's time in excess of his minimum time commitment.

                                       72
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    The following table shows information as of August 31, 1999 with respect to
the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

    - each person known by us to own beneficially more than five percent, in the
      aggregate, of the outstanding shares of our common stock,

    - our directors, our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly
      compensated executive officers,

    - all executive officers and directors as a group, and

    - the stockholders selling in this offering.

    Share ownership in each case includes shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of August
31, 1999 as described in the footnotes below. Percentage ownership is calculated
pursuant to SEC Rule 13d-3(d)(1). Unless otherwise indicated, the address for
each stockholder is c/o Rhythms NetConnections Inc., 6933 South Revere Parkway,
Englewood, Colorado 80112.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY                     SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                               OWNED PRIOR TO                            OWNED AFTER
                                                               THE OFFERING(1)                         THE OFFERING(1)
                                                          -------------------------   SHARES TO   -------------------------
BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                                          NUMBER     PERCENTAGE     BE SOLD       NUMBER     PERCENTAGE
- --------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
FIVE PERCENT STOCKHOLDERS:
  Brentwood Venture Capital(2)..........................     8,278,651        10.9%          --      8,278,651        10.8%
  Enterprise Partners(3)................................    10,440,415        13.7           --     10,440,415        13.6
  Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers(4)...................     8,278,651        10.9           --      8,278,651        10.8
  MCI WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc.(5)....................     5,334,688         6.9           --      5,334,688         6.9
  The Sprout Group(6)...................................     8,278,651        10.9           --      8,278,651        10.8
  Enron Communications Investments Corp.(7).............     5,393,258         7.1           --      5,393,258         7.0
  Microsoft Corporation(8)..............................     5,197,691         6.8           --      5,197,691         6.7

DIRECTORS AND HIGHLY COMPENSATED OFFICERS:
  Catherine M. Hapka(9).................................     4,621,130         6.1           --      4,621,130         6.0
  Michael E. Calabrese..................................       360,000           *           --        360,000           *
  Eric H. Geis..........................................       150,000           *           --        150,000           *
  James A. Greenberg(10)................................       715,642           *           --        715,642           *
  Gloria Farler(11).....................................        30,000           *           --         30,000           *
  Kevin R. Compton(12)..................................            --          --           --             --          --
  Keith B. Geeslin(13)..................................            --          --           --             --          --
  Ken Harrison(14)......................................            --          --           --             --          --
  Susan Mayer(15).......................................            --          --           --             --          --
  William R. Stensrud(16)...............................            --          --           --             --          --
  John L. Walecka(17)...................................            --          --           --             --          --
  Edward J. Zander(18)..................................        60,000           *           --         60,000           *
  All directors and executive officers as a group (19
    persons)(19)........................................     8,325,138        10.8           --      8,325,138        10.7
</TABLE>

                                       73
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS:
  All selling stockholders (11 persons) as a group, each
    of whom owns less than 1% of the outstanding common
    stock immediately prior to this offering............       770,705         1.0      770,705             --          --
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

  *  Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding
     shares of our common stock.

 (1) Except as indicated by footnote, we understand that the persons named in
     the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all
     shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property
     laws where applicable.

 (2) Consists of shares beneficially owned by Brentwood Affiliates Fund, L.P.
     and Brentwood Associates VII, L.P. (collectively, the "Brentwood
     Entities"). The address for the Brentwood Entities is 3000 Sand Hill Road,
     Building 1, Suite 260, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 (3) Consists of shares beneficially owned by Enterprise Partners III
     Associates, L.P., Enterprise Partners III, L.P. and Enterprise Partners IV,
     L.P. (collectively, the "Enterprise Entities"). The address for each of the
     Enterprise Entities is 7979 Ivanhoe, Suite 550, La Jolla, California 92037.

 (4) Consists of shares beneficially owned by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers
     VIII, KPCB VIII Founders Fund and KPCB VIII Information Sciences Zaibatsu
     Fund II (collectively, the "KPCB Entities"). The address for each of the
     KPCB Entities is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 (5) Includes 856,996 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable
     within 60 days of August 31, 1999. The address for MCI WorldCom Venture
     Fund, Inc. is 1801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20006.

 (6) Consists of shares beneficially owned by DLJ Capital Corporation, DLJ First
     ESC L.L.C., Sprout Capital VII, L.P. and The Sprout CEO Fund, L.P.
     (collectively, the "Sprout Entities"). The address for each of the Sprout
     Entities is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 170, Menlo Park,
     California 94025. Of these, Sprout Capital VII, L.P. beneficially owns
     7,201,565 shares. All of the shares beneficially owned by Sprout Capital
     VII, L.P. are subject to a voting trust agreement and are held and voted by
     an independent third party, First Union Trust Company, National
     Association, as voting trustee. Please see "Certain Relationships and
     Related Transactions-- Offering of Notes and Warrants."

 (7) The address for Enron Communications Investments Corp. is 210 Southwest
     Morrison Street, Suite 400, Portland, Oregon 97204.

 (8) Includes 720,000 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant exercisable
     within 60 days of August 31, 1999. The address for Microsoft Corporation is
     One Microsoft Way, Redmond, Washington 98052.

 (9) Includes shares held by Ms. Hapka's children, Christopher H. Safaya and
     Catherine A. Safaya, in the amount of 5,333 shares each and shares held by
     Christopher H. Safaya 1999 Trust and Catherine A. Safaya 1999 Trust in the
     amount of 120,000 shares each.

(10) Includes 120,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable
     within 60 days of August 31, 1999.

(11) Ms. Farler resigned in February 1999.

(12) Excludes shares held by the KPCB Entities. Mr. Compton, as a General
     Partner of KPCB, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the
     shares held by the KPCB Entities. Mr. Compton disclaims beneficial interest
     in such shares, except to the extent of his interest in the KPCB Entities.

                                       74
<PAGE>
(13) Excludes shares held by the Sprout Entities. Mr. Geeslin, as a General
     Partner of The Sprout Group, may be deemed to have voting and investment
     power over the shares held by the Sprout Entities. Mr. Geeslin disclaims
     beneficial interest in such shares, except to the extent of his interest in
     the Sprout Entities.

(14) Excludes shares held by Enron. Mr. Harrison, as Chairman of Enron, may be
     deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by Enron.
     Mr. Harrison disclaims beneficial interest in such shares, except to the
     extent of his interest in Enron.

(15) Excludes shares held by MCI WorldCom's investment fund. Ms. Mayer, as
     President of MCI WorldCom's investment fund, may be deemed to have voting
     and investment power over the shares held by MCI WorldCom's investment
     fund. Ms. Mayer disclaims beneficial interest on such shares, except to the
     extent of her interest in MCI WorldCom's investment fund.

(16) Excludes shares held by the Enterprise Entities. Mr. Stensrud, as a General
     Partner of Enterprise Partners, may be deemed to have voting and investment
     power over the shares held by the Enterprise Entities. Mr. Stensrud
     disclaims beneficial interest in such shares, except to the extent of his
     interest in the Enterprise Entities.

(17) Excludes shares held by the Brentwood Entities. Mr. Walecka, as a General
     Partner of Brentwood Venture Capital, may be deemed to have voting and
     investment power over the shares held by the Brentwood Entities. Mr.
     Walecka disclaims beneficial interest in such shares, except to the extent
     of his interest in the Brentwood Entities.

(18) Includes 60,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within
     60 days of August 31, 1999.

(19) Includes 1,000,252 shares issuable upon exercise of options or warrants
     exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 1999 and excludes shares held by
     the Brentwood Entities, the Enterprise Entities, the KPCB Entities, MCI
     WorldCom, the Sprout Entities, Enron and Microsoft.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    The following summary describes the material terms of our capital stock.
However, it does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
the actual terms of our capital stock contained in our certificate of
incorporation and other agreements referenced below.

    We are authorized to issue 250,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par
value per share, 1,000,000 shares of Series 1 Junior Participating preferred
stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 4,000,000 shares of undesignated
preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

COMMON STOCK

    As of August 31, 1999, there were 76,219,583 shares of our common stock
outstanding and held of record by approximately 150 stockholders. The holders of
common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all
matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may
be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common
stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our
Board of Directors out of funds legally available. See "Dividend Policy." All
outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

    We are authorized to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of Series 1 Junior
Participating preferred stock and our Board of Directors has the authority,
without further action by the stockholders, to issue 4,000,000 additional shares
of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, priorities,
preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions, including dividend
rights, conversion rights,

                                       75
<PAGE>
voting rights, terms of redemption, terms of sinking funds, liquidation
preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation
of such series, which could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available
for distribution to holders of common stock or adversely affect the rights and
powers, including voting rights, of the holders of the common stock. The
issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control or make removal of our management more difficult.
Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of decreasing
the market price of the common stock and may adversely affect the voting and
other rights of the holders of common stock. As of June 30, 1999, we had no
shares of preferred stock outstanding.

WARRANTS

    In connection with the issuance of the senior discount notes in May 1998, we
issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,732,800 shares of our common stock
with an exercise price of $0.004 per share. After a "net exercise" of these
warrants, an aggregate of 3,961,862 of these shares were sold on August 17, 1999
and the remaining 770,705 are being offered for sale by the selling stockholders
in this offering. These warrants became exercisable on May 4, 1999 and
automatically expire on May 15, 2008. Following the occurrence of a "repurchase
event" as defined in the warrant agreement governing these warrants, we must
make an offer to repurchase for cash all outstanding warrants issued in
connection with the senior discount notes.

    In May 1998, we issued to Sun Financial Group Inc., now GATX Capital
Corporation, a warrant to purchase 574,380 shares of our common stock with an
exercise price of $1.85 per share. GATX transferred warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 258,472 of these shares to two parties. These transferred warrants
have been exercised. The remaining GATX warrant, exercisable for 315,908 shares
of our common stock, is immediately exercisable. In March 1999, we issued to
GATX warrants to purchase an additional 45,498 shares of our common stock with
an exercise price of $10.55 per share. These warrants are immediately
exercisable and expire in March 2009. In July 1999, we issued a warrant to GATX
Capital Corporation to purchase up to 10,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $50.00 per share. This warrant is exercisable immediately and
expires on July 30, 2004.

    In connection with its $30 million equity investment in us in March 1999, we
issued to MCI WorldCom's investment fund a warrant to purchase up to 720,000
shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.70 per share. This warrant
is immediately exercisable and expires on March 2, 2004. In April 1999, we
issued to MCI WorldCom's investment fund a warrant to purchase an additional
136,996 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $21.00 per share.
This warrant is immediately exercisable and expires on April 4, 2004.

    In connection with its $30 million equity investment in us in March 1999, we
issued to Microsoft a warrant to purchase up to 720,000 shares of our common
stock at an exercise price of $6.70 per share. This warrant is immediately
exercisable and expires on March 15, 2004.

    In connection with its $15 million equity investment in us in April 1999, we
issued to Qwest's wholly-owned subsidiary a warrant to purchase up to 180,000
shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.70 per share. This warrant
is immediately exercisable and expires on April 4, 2004.

    In April 1999, we issued to Cisco Systems Capital Corporation a warrant to
purchase up to 75,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.55
per share. This warrant is immediately exercisable and expires on April 5, 2002.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

    Under the terms of our 1999 Investors' Rights Agreement, the holders of our
preferred stock acquired registration rights with respect to our common stock.
For a description of these rights, see "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions--Investors' Rights Agreement." The holders of the

                                       76
<PAGE>
warrants issued in connection with the senior discount notes, GATX and Cisco are
entitled to piggyback registration rights similar to those held by the parties
to the 1999 Investors' Rights Agreement.

POSSIBLE ANTI-TAKEOVER MATTERS

    CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

    Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to
establish one or more series of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which
can be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of issuance. Our
certificate of incorporation also provides that all stockholder action must be
effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in
writing. Our bylaws provide that our Board of Directors will be classified into
three classes of directors. Please see "Management-- Directors and Executive
Officers," for a description of the directors currently in each class. In
addition, our bylaws do not permit our stockholders to call a special meeting of
stockholders; only our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board
or a majority of the Board of Directors are permitted to call a special meeting
of stockholders. Our bylaws also require that stockholders give advance notice
to our secretary of any nominations for director or other business to be brought
by stockholders at any stockholders' meeting and require a supermajority vote of
members of our Board of Directors and/or stockholders to amend certain bylaw
provisions. These provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws
could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a
change in control of our company. Such provisions may also have the effect of
preventing changes in our management.

    DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER STATUTE

    We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which,
subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in
any business combination with any interested stockholder--defined as any person
or entity that is the beneficial owner of at least 15% of a corporation's voting
stock--for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless:

    - prior to such time, such corporation's board of directors approved either
      the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the
      stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    - upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder
      becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at
      least 85% of such corporation's voting stock outstanding at the time the
      transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the number
      of shares outstanding, those shares owned by persons who are directors and
      also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants
      do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held
      subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

    - at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by
      such corporation's board of directors and authorized at an annual or
      special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the
      affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock
      that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

    Section 203 defines business combination to include:

    - any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested
      stockholder;

    - any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other disposition
      involving the interested stockholder and 10% or more of the assets of the
      corporation;

                                       77
<PAGE>
    - subject to certain exceptions, any transaction which results in the
      issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to
      the interested stockholder;

    - any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
      increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of
      the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

    - the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans,
      advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or
      through the corporation.

    RIGHTS PLAN

    Our Board of Directors has adopted a rights plan under which one right to
purchase a unit equal to one one-thousandth of a share of a series of preferred
stock, par value $0.001 per share at $115 per unit was issued as a dividend for
each outstanding share of common stock. The rights under this plan would become
exercisable ten days after a person or group acquires 15% or more of our
outstanding common stock or commences or announces a tender or exchange offer
which would result in such ownership.

    If, after the rights under our rights plan become exercisable, we were to be
acquired through a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or
more of our assets or earning power were sold, each such right would permit the
holder to purchase, for the exercise price, common stock of the acquiring
company having a market value of twice the exercise price. In addition, if any
person acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock, each such right not
owned by such person would permit the purchase, for the exercise price, of
common stock having a market value of twice the exercise price.

    The rights under our rights plan expire on April 2, 2009, unless earlier
redeemed by us in accordance with the terms of the rights plan. The purchase
price payable and the shares of rights plan preferred stock issuable upon
exercise of the rights would be subject to adjustment from time to time as
specified in the rights agreement. In addition, our Board of Directors would
retain the authority to redeem, at $0.001 per right, and replace the rights with
new rights at any time, provided that no such redemption could occur after a
person or group acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common stock.

    Shares of rights plan preferred stock, when issued upon exercise of the
rights, will be non-redeemable and will rank junior to all series of any other
class of preferred stock. Each share of rights plan preferred stock will be
entitled to a cumulative preferential quarterly dividend payment equal to the
greater of $115 per share or 1,000 times the dividend declared per share of
common stock. In the event of liquidation of our company, the holders of shares
of rights plan preferred stock will be entitled to a preferential liquidation
payment equal to the greater of $1,000 per share or 1,000 times the payment made
per share of common stock. Each share of rights plan preferred stock will
entitle the holder to 1,000 votes, voting together with the common stock.
Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which
common stock is exchanged, each share of rights plan preferred stock will be
entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount received per share of common stock.
The foregoing rights would be subject to anti-dilution adjustments. The number
of shares constituting the series of rights plan preferred stock will be
1,000,000.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

    The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is American Securities
Transfer & Trust, Inc.

                                       78
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a
large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, or
the perception that such sales could occur. Such sales also might make it more
difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price
that we deem appropriate. After this offering, 76,990,288 shares of common stock
will be outstanding, and 488,395 shares will be held as treasury stock. Of the
76,990,288 outstanding shares, the 770,705 shares of common stock sold in this
offering are freely tradable, unless such shares are purchased by "affiliates"
as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, the
10,781,250 shares of common stock that we sold in our initial public offering,
the 3,961,862 shares sold on August 11, 1999 and the 594,279 shares sold on
September 14, 1999 are freely tradeable. The remaining 60,882,192 shares of our
common stock, which we call "restricted shares," were issued and sold by us in
reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
of 1933. These shares may be sold in the public market only if they are
registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, such as Rule
144 or 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, which are summarized below. These
remaining shares are eligible for sale in the public market as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Number of Shares                                   Date
- ---------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                    <S>

            1,522,978  After the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume
                        limitations) (Rule 144)

              790,740  At various times after October 4, 1999 (181st day after the date of the
                        prospectus covering our initial public offering) (subject, in some
                        cases, to volume limitations) (lock-up and Rule 144)

           58,568,474  At various times after November 9, 1999 (90 days from the date of our
                        secondary public offering on August 11, 1999) (subject, in some cases,
                        to volume limitations) (lock-up and Rule 144)
</TABLE>

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

    The following lock-up agreements restrict the ability of our stockholders,
option holders and warrant holders to sell shares of common stock in the public
market.

    - All our directors and officers and some of our stockholders who in the
      aggregate beneficially own 59,865,535 of our restricted shares, have
      agreed that they will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of, directly
      or indirectly, any shares of our common stock without the prior written
      consent of Merrill Lynch and Salomon Smith Barney until October 4, 1999,
      the 181st day after the date of the prospectus covering our initial public
      offering.

    - All our directors and officers and some of our stockholders who in the
      aggregate beneficially own 58,568,474 of our restricted shares, have
      agreed that they will not offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of, directly
      or indirectly, any shares of our common stock without the prior written
      consent of Merrill Lynch and Salomon Smith Barney for a period of 90 days
      after August 11, 1999.

    - Holders of warrants that were issued in connection with our 1998 senior
      discount notes are subject to an agreement pursuant to which they are
      restricted from selling or otherwise disposing of their warrants or the
      shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until
      October 4, 1999.

    Merrill Lynch and Salomon Smith Barney may, in their sole discretion and at
any time without notice, release all or any portion of these securities subject
to the lock-up agreements.

                                       79
<PAGE>
STOCK PLANS

    As of August 31, 1999, options to purchase a total of 4,883,581 shares of
our common stock are outstanding and immediately exercisable, of which 111,777
shares are currently vested. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options
granted under our stock option plans will be eligible for resale in the public
market from time to time subject to vesting and, in the case of certain options,
the expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to above.

WARRANTS

    Warrants to purchase 2,203,402 shares of our common stock will be
outstanding after this offering. 1,217,035 of the shares underlying these
warrants will be eligible for sale at various times after October 4, 1999, the
181st day after the date of the prospectus covering our initial public offering,
and an additional 1,756,996 of these underlying shares will be eligible for sale
at various times after 90 days from August 11, 1999. Holders of these warrants
have the right, subject to conditions and limitations, to include their shares
in certain registration statements relating to our securities. By exercising
their registration rights and causing a large number of shares to be registered
and sold in the public market, these holders may cause the price of the common
stock to fall. In addition, any demand to include such shares in our
registration statements could have an adverse effect on our ability to raise
needed capital. Please see "Business--Legal proceedings," "Management--Benefit
plans," "Principal and Selling Stockholders," "Description of
Securities--Registration rights" and "Underwriting."

SUMMARY OF RULE 144

    In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, an affiliate of Rhythms
or a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who has
beneficially owned shares for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of
the then outstanding shares of common stock, which is 769,903 shares immediately
after this offering, or the average weekly trading volume in the common stock
during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale
is filed, subject to restrictions. In addition, a person who is not deemed to
have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who
has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years,
would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the
requirements described above. To the extent that shares were acquired from one
of our affiliates, such person's holding period for the purpose of effecting a
sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701, such as shares of common stock that
may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of some of the options granted prior to
this offering, are also restricted securities and may be sold by stockholders
other than our affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule
144 and by our affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year
holding period requirement.

                                       80
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    The selling stockholders may sell the shares offered by this prospectus from
time to time. The selling stockholders will act independently of us in making
decisions regarding the timing, manner and size of each sale. The sales may be
made on one or more exchanges or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, at
prices and at terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then current
market price, or in negotiated transactions. The selling stockholders may effect
such transactions by selling the shares to or through broker-dealers. The shares
may be sold by one or more of, or a combination of, the following:

    - a block trade in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares
      as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal
      to facilitate the transaction,

    - purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer
      for its account under this prospectus,

    - an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of such exchange,

    - ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker
      solicits purchasers, and

    - in privately negotiated transactions.

    To the extent required, this prospectus may be amended or supplemented from
time to time to describe a specific plan of distribution. In effecting sales,
broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other
broker-dealers to participate in the resales.

    The selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with
broker-dealers in connection with distributions of the shares or otherwise. In
these transactions, broker-dealers may engage in short sales of the shares in
the course of hedging the positions they assume with selling stockholders. The
selling stockholders also may sell shares short and redeliver the shares to
close out such short positions. The selling stockholders may enter into option
or other transactions with broker-dealers which require the delivery to the
broker-dealer of the shares. The broker-dealer may then resell or otherwise
transfer such shares under this prospectus. The selling stockholders also may
loan or pledge the shares to a broker-dealer. The broker-dealer may sell the
shares so loaned, or upon a default the broker-dealer may sell the pledged
shares under this prospectus.

    Broker-dealers or agents may receive compensation in the form of
commissions, discounts or concessions from selling stockholders. Broker-dealers
or agents may also receive compensation from the purchasers of the shares for
whom they act as agents or to whom they sell as principals, or both.
Compensation as to a particular broker-dealer might be in excess of customary
commissions and will be in amounts to be negotiated in connection with the sale.
Broker-dealers or agents and any other participating broker-dealers or the
selling stockholders may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of
Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, in connection with sales of the
shares. Accordingly, any such commission, discount or concession received by
them and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed
to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act of 1933.
Because selling stockholders may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the
meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, the selling stockholders
will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale to
comply with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 may be sold
under Rule 144 rather than under this prospectus. The selling stockholders have
advised us that they have not entered into any agreements, understandings or
arrangements with any underwriters or broker-dealers regarding the sale of their
securities. There is no underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection
with the proposed sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

    The shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or
dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in some
states the shares may not be sold unless they have

                                       81
<PAGE>
been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption
from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied
with.

    Under applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, any person engaged in the distribution of the shares may not
simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to our common
stock for a period of two business days prior to the commencement of such
distribution. In addition, each selling stockholder will be subject to
applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the associated
rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, including Regulation M, which
provisions may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of our common
stock by the selling stockholders. We will make copies of this prospectus
available to the selling stockholders and have informed them of the need to
deliver copies of this prospectus to purchasers at or prior to the time of any
sale of the shares.

    We will file a supplement to this prospectus, if required, to comply with
Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act upon being notified by a selling
stockholder that any material arrangements have been entered into with a
broker-dealer for the sale of shares through a block trade, special offering,
exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker or
dealer, such supplement will disclose:

    - the name of each such selling stockholder and of the participating
      broker-dealer(s),

    - the number of shares involved,

    - the price at which such shares were sold,

    - the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such
      broker-dealer(s), where applicable,

    - that such broker-dealer(s) did not conduct any investigation to verify the
      information set out or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and

    - other facts material to the transaction.

    In addition, upon being notified by a selling stockholder that a donee or
pledgee intends to sell more than 500 shares, we will file a supplement to this
prospectus.

    We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the
registration of the shares. The selling stockholders will bear all commissions
and discounts, if any, attributable to the sales of the shares. The selling
stockholders may agree to indemnify any broker-dealer or agent that participates
in transactions involving sales of the shares against certain liabilities,
including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933. The selling
stockholders have agreed to indemnify certain persons, including broker-dealers
and agents, against certain liabilities in connection with the offering of the
shares, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, San Diego, California, will pass upon the
validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered hereby for us.
The Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison investment fund and some Brobeck, Phleger &
Harrison LLP attorneys hold in the aggregate approximately 50,000 shares of our
common stock.

                                    EXPERTS

    Our financial statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, for the period
from February 27, 1997 through December 31, 1997 and for the year ended December
31, 1998, included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the
report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                       82
<PAGE>
                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities
Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration
statement, and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For
further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the
registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the
registration statement. Statements in this prospectus concerning the contents of
any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract
or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer
you to that exhibit. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement is qualified by the
filed exhibits.

    IN ADDITION, WE FILE REPORTS, PROXY STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. YOU MAY READ AND COPY ANY DOCUMENT WE
FILE AT THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOMS IN
WASHINGTON, D.C., NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND CHICAGO, ILLINOIS. PLEASE CALL THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AT 1-800-SEC-0330 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON
THE PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOMS. OUR SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION FILINGS ARE
ALSO AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC ON THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S WEBSITE
AT HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV.

                                       83
<PAGE>
                               GLOSSARY OF TERMS

<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
Asynchronous Transfer Mode...  High bandwidth, low-delay, connection-oriented, packet-like
                               switching and multiplexing technique requiring 53-byte,
                               fixed-sized cells.

Backbone.....................  An element of the network infrastructure that provides
                               high-speed, high capacity connections among the network's
                               physical points of presence, i.e., connection points and
                               Metro Service Centers. The backbone is used to transport end
                               user traffic across the metropolitan area and across the
                               United States.

Bandwidth....................  Refers to the maximum amount of data that can be transferred
                               through a computer's backbone or communication channel in a
                               given time. It is usually measured in Hertz, cycles per
                               second, for analog communications and bits per second for
                               digital communications.

Central Office...............  Incumbent carrier facility where subscriber lines are joined
                               to ILEC switching equipment.

Collocation..................  A location where a competitive carrier network interconnects
                               with the network of an incumbent carrier inside an incumbent
                               carrier's central office.

Competitive Carrier..........  Category of telephone service provider, or carrier, that
                               offers local exchange and other services similar to and in
                               competition with those of the incumbent carrier, as allowed
                               by recent changes in telecommunications law and regulation.
                               A competitive carrier may also provide other types of
                               services such as long distance telephone, data
                               communications, Internet access and video.

Copper Line or Loop..........  A pair of traditional copper telephone lines using electric
                               current to carry signals.

Digital......................  Describes a method of storing, processing and transmitting
                               information through the use of distinct electronic or
                               optical pulses that represent the binary digits 0 and 1.
                               Digital transmission and switching technologies employ a
                               sequence of these pulses to convey information, as opposed
                               to the continuously variable analog signal. The precise
                               digital numbers preclude distortion, such as graininess or
                               "snow", in the case of video transmission, or static or
                               other background distortion in the case of audio
                               transmission.

Downstream...................  Refers to the transmission speed of a connection between our
                               connection point and the end user.

DS-0.........................  Digital Service 0. Standard telecommunications industry
                               digital signal format, which is distinguishable by bit
                               rate--the number of binary digits transmitted per second.
                               DS-0 service has a bit rate of 64 Kilobits per second.

DS-1.........................  Digital Service 1. In the digital hierarchy, this signaling
                               standard defines a transmission speed of 1.544 Mbps.

DS-3.........................  Digital Service 3. In the digital hierarchy, this signaling
                               standard defines a transmission speed of 44.736 Mbps,
                               equivalent to 28 T-1 channels. This term is often used
                               interchangeably with T-3.
</TABLE>

                                       84
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
DSL..........................  Digital Subscriber Line. A transmission technology enabling
                               high-speed access in the local copper loop, often referred
                               to as the last mile between the network service
                               provider--i.e., an incumbent carrier, competitive carrier or
                               an internet service provider--and end user.

E-Commerce...................  Electronic Commerce. An Internet service that supports
                               electronic transactions between customers and vendors to
                               purchase goods and services.

Encryption...................  Applying a specific algorithm to data so as to alter the
                               data's appearance and prevent other devices from reading the
                               information. Decryption applies the algorithm in reverse to
                               restore the data to its original form.

Firewall.....................  A computer device that separates a local area network from a
                               wide area network and prevents unauthorized access to the
                               local area network through the use of electronic security
                               mechanisms.

Frame Relay..................  A form of packet switching with variable length frames that
                               may be used with a variety of communications protocols.

Incumbent Carrier............  A company providing local exchange services on the date of
                               enactment of the Telecommunications Act of 1996. These
                               companies consist of the Regional Bell Operating Companies,
                               GTE and numerous independent telephone companies.

Interconnection Agreement....  A contract between an incumbent carrier and a competitive
                               carrier for the connection of a competitive carrier network
                               to the public switched telephone network, as well as
                               competitive carrier access to incumbent carrier unbundled
                               network elements, e.g., copper loops. This agreement sets
                               out some of the financial agreement and operational aspects
                               of such interconnection and access.

Internet.....................  An array of interconnected networks using a common set of
                               protocols defining the information coding and processing
                               requirements that can communicate across hardware platforms
                               and over many links; now operated by a consortium of
                               telecommunications service providers and others.

Internet Protocol............  A standard for software that keeps track of the
                               inter-network addresses for different nodes, routes outgoing
                               messages and recognizes incoming messages.

ISDN.........................  Integrated Services Digital Network. A transmission method
                               that provides circuit-switched access to the public network
                               at speeds of 64 or 128 Kbps for voice, data and video
                               transmission.

Internet Service Provider....  A company that provides direct access to the Internet.

Interexchange Carrier........  Usually referred to as a long-distance service provider.
                               There are many interexchange carriers, including AT&T, MCI
                               WorldCom, Sprint and Qwest.

Kbps.........................  Kilobits per second. 1,000 bits per second.

Long Distance Carrier........  A long distance carrier providing services between local
                               exchanges on an intrastate or interstate basis, also
                               referred to in the industry as an "interexchange carrier". A
                               long distance carrier may also be a long distance resale
                               company.
</TABLE>

                                       85
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
Mbps.........................  Megabits per second. Millions of bits per second.

Modem........................  An abbreviation of Modulator-Demodulator. An electronic
                               signal-conversion device used to convert digital signals
                               from a computer to analog form for transmission over the
                               telephone network. At the transmitting end, a modem working
                               as a modulator converts the computer's digital signals into
                               analog signals that can be transmitted over a telephone
                               line. At the receiving end, another modem working as a
                               demodulator converts analog signals back into digital
                               signals and sends them to the receiving computer.

Multiplexing.................  An electronic or optical process that combines several lower
                               speed transmission signals into one higher speed signal.

Network......................  An integrated system composed of switching equipment and
                               transmission facilities designed to provide for the
                               direction, transport and recording of telecommunications
                               traffic.

OC-3.........................  Optical carrier 3. Standard telecommunications industry
                               digital single format, which is distinguishable by bit
                               rate--the number of binary digits transmitted per second.
                               OC-3 service has a bit rate of 155.5 Mbps.

OC-12........................  Optical carrier 12. Standard telecommunications industry
                               digital single format, which is distinguishable by bit
                               rate--the number of binary digits transmitted per second.
                               OC-12 service has a bit rate of 622.8 Mbps.

Packets......................  Information represented as bytes grouped together through a
                               communication node with a common destination address and
                               other attribute information.

Resellers....................  Generally used to refer to a telecommunications provider who
                               does not own any switching or transmission facilities. In
                               reality, a large number of providers furnish services
                               through a combination of owned and resold facilities.

Router.......................  A device that accepts the Internet Protocol from a local
                               area network or another wide area network device and
                               switches/routes Internet Protocol packets across a network
                               backbone. Routers also provide protocol conversion services
                               to transfer Internet Protocol packets over frame relay,
                               Asynchronous Transfer Mode, and other backbone network
                               services.

T-1..........................  This is a Bell System term for a digital transmission link
                               with a capacity of 1.544 Mbps.

TCP/IP.......................  Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. A set of
                               network protocols that allow computers with different
                               architectures and operating system software to communicate
                               with other computers on the Internet.

Upstream.....................  Refers to the transmission speed of a connection between the
                               end user and our connection point.
</TABLE>

                                       86
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
  Report of Independent Accountants..................................................        F-2

  Consolidated Balance Sheets........................................................        F-3

  Consolidated Statements of Operations..............................................        F-4

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows..............................................        F-5

  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity.....................................        F-6

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................        F-8
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Rhythms NetConnections Inc.

    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows, and of stockholders'
equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Rhythms NetConnections Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from
February 27, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and for the year ended
December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management;
our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Denver, Colorado
March 4, 1999, except for the last paragraph of Note 11 as to which the date
is March 19, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                                          1997          1998        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>
                                       ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................   $10,166,000  $  21,315,000  $ 297,183,000
  Short-term investments............................................................           --     115,497,000    218,842,000
  Restricted cash...................................................................           --              --     34,963,000
  Accounts, loans, interest and other receivables, net..............................           --       2,376,000      6,541,000
  Inventory.........................................................................           --         340,000      1,417,000
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................................       95,000         230,000        628,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
    Total current assets............................................................   10,261,000     139,758,000    559,574,000
Equipment and furniture, net........................................................    1,621,000      11,510,000     73,243,000
Collocation fees, net...............................................................      327,000      13,804,000     39,690,000
Restricted cash.....................................................................           --              --     78,248,000
Deferred business acquisition costs, net............................................           --              --     21,388,000
Deferred debt issue costs, net......................................................           --       6,304,000     16,514,000
Other assets........................................................................       32,000         350,000        658,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                       $12,241,000  $ 171,726,000  $ 789,315,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt.................................................   $  126,000   $     333,000  $     333,000
  Accounts payable..................................................................      951,000      10,601,000     32,866,000
  Interest payable..................................................................           --          39,000      7,866,000
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities....................................      376,000       2,816,000      8,426,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
    Total current liabilities.......................................................    1,453,000      13,789,000     49,491,000
Long-term debt......................................................................      442,000         472,000        278,000
13.5% senior discount notes due 2008, net...........................................           --     157,465,000    168,701,000
12.75% senior notes due 2009........................................................           --              --    325,000,000
Other liabilities...................................................................           --         180,000        181,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
    Total liabilities...............................................................    1,895,000     171,906,000    543,651,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
Commitments (note 10)
Mandatorily redeemable common stock warrants........................................           --       6,567,000      6,567,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 17,000,000 shares
    authorized in 1997, 12,900,000 shares in 1998 and no shares 1999; 12,490,000
    shares issued and outstanding in 1997, 12,855,094 shares in 1998 and no shares
    in 1999.........................................................................       12,000          13,000             --
  Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized in
    1997, 4,044,943 shares in 1998 and no shares 1999; no shares issued and
    outstanding in 1997, 4,044,943 shares in 1998 and no shares 1999................           --           4,000             --
  Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 54,635,294 shares authorized in 1997, 80,049,892
    shares in 1998 and 250,000,000 shares in 1999; 2,482,222 shares issued in 1997,
    8,042,530 shares in 1998 and 72,708,777 shares in 1999..........................        2,000           8,000         73,000
  Treasury Stock, at cost; 438,115 shares in 1998 and 486,595 shares in 1999........           --         (18,000)       (20,000)
  Additional paid-in capital........................................................   14,012,000      37,212,000    344,394,000
  Warrants..........................................................................           --              --     10,247,000
  Deferred compensation.............................................................   (1,258,000)     (5,210,000)   (10,086,000)
  Accumulated deficit...............................................................   (2,422,000)    (38,756,000)  (105,511,000)
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)............................................   10,346,000      (6,747,000)   239,097,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                       $12,241,000  $ 171,726,000  $ 789,315,000
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PERIOD FROM
                                                     FEBRUARY 27,
                                                         1997
                                                      (INCEPTION)                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                        THROUGH       YEAR ENDED    -----------------------------
                                                     DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30, 1998  JUNE 30, 1999
                                                         1997            1998        (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Revenue:
  Service and installation, net....................  $          --  $      528,000  $      82,000  $    2,300,000
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Operating Expenses:
  Network and service costs........................             --       4,695,000        665,000      18,170,000
  Selling and marketing............................         33,000       3,776,000        928,000       3,904,000
  General and administrative.......................      2,501,000      19,377,000      6,056,000      32,214,000
  Depreciation and amortization....................          1,000       1,081,000         35,000       2,144,000
  Amortized deferred business acquisition costs....             --              --             --       1,652,000
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Total operating expenses.......................      2,535,000      28,929,000      7,684,000      58,084,000
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Loss from Operations...............................     (2,535,000)    (28,401,000)    (7,602,000)    (55,784,000)
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Other Income and Expense:
  Interest income..................................        114,000       5,813,000      1,674,000       8,329,000
  Interest expense (including amortized debt
    discount and issue costs)......................         (1,000)    (13,779,000)    (3,221,000)    (19,372,000)
  Other............................................             --          33,000             --          72,000
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Net Loss...........................................  $  (2,422,000) $  (36,334,000) $  (9,149,000) $  (66,755,000)
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Net Loss Per Share:
  Basic............................................  $       (1.12) $       (12.18) $       (4.02) $        (1.97)
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Diluted..........................................  $       (1.12) $       (12.18) $       (4.02) $        (1.97)
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Shares Used in Computing Net Loss Per Share:
  Basic............................................      2,161,764       2,984,216      2,277,529      33,820,672
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Diluted..........................................      2,161,764       2,984,216      2,277,529      33,820,672
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                                     -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PERIOD FROM
                                                                     FEBRUARY 27,
                                                                         1997
                                                                      (INCEPTION)                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                        THROUGH      YEAR ENDED    -----------------------------
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30, 1998  JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                         1997           1998        (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  Net Loss.........................................................   $(2,422,000)   $(36,334,000) $  (9,149,000) $  (66,755,000)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating
    activities:
    Depreciation of equipment and furniture........................         1,000        454,000          23,000       1,807,000
    Amortization of collocation fees...............................            --         85,000          12,000         337,000
    Amortization of deferred business acquisition costs............            --             --              --       1,652,000
    Amortization of debt discount and deferred debt issue costs....            --     13,882,000       3,188,000      11,515,000
    Amortization of deferred compensation..........................       192,000        725,000         238,000       1,575,000
    Compensation expense from stock option issued to employee......        73,000             --              --              --
    Loss (gain) on sale of equipment to leasing company............            --        387,000              --         (70,000)
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Increase in accounts, loans, interest and other receivables,
        net........................................................            --     (2,376,000)       (260,000)     (4,165,000)
      Increase in inventory........................................            --       (340,000)       (364,000)     (1,077,000)
      Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets........       (95,000)      (135,000)        (38,000)       (398,000)
      Increase in other assets.....................................       (32,000)      (318,000)        (15,000)       (308,000)
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable......................       388,000      2,287,000         298,000      (3,521,000)
      Increase in interest payable.................................            --         39,000              --       7,827,000
      Increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities...       335,000      2,440,000         538,000       5,610,000
      Increase in other liabilities................................            --        180,000              --          71,000
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
    Net cash used for operating activities.........................    (1,560,000)   (19,024,000)     (5,529,000)    (45,900,000)
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
  Purchases of short-term investments..............................            --   (451,870,000)             --    (168,839,000)
  Maturities of short-term investments.............................            --    336,373,000              --      65,494,000
  Purchases of government securities as restricted cash............            --             --              --    (113,211,000)
  Purchases of equipment and furniture.............................    (1,018,000)    (9,973,000)     (3,742,000)    (61,509,000)
  Payments of collocation fees.....................................      (327,000)   (13,562,000)     (2,743,000)    (26,223,000)
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
    Net cash used for investing activities.........................    (1,345,000)  (139,032,000)     (6,485,000)   (304,288,000)
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from leasing company for equipment......................            --      6,606,000       2,000,000      23,755,000
  Proceeds from issuance of 13.5% senior discount notes and
    warrants.......................................................            --    150,365,000     150,365,000              --
  Proceeds from issuance of 12.75% senior notes....................            --             --              --     325,000,000
  Payments of debt issue costs.....................................            --     (6,519,000)     (6,046,000)    (10,489,000)
  Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt.......................       568,000        432,000         432,000              --
  Repayments on long-term debt.....................................            --       (195,000)        (56,000)       (194,000)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock...........................        13,000        242,000         229,000     229,476,000
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants...........    12,490,000     18,292,000      18,292,000      75,000,000
  Payments of equity issue costs...................................            --             --              --     (16,490,000)
  Purchases of treasury stock......................................            --        (18,000)             --          (2,000)
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities......................    13,071,000    169,205,000     165,216,000     626,056,000
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents..........................    10,166,000     11,149,000     153,202,000     275,868,000
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...................            --     10,166,000      10,166,000      21,315,000
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.........................   $10,166,000    $21,315,000   $ 163,368,000  $  297,183,000
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Supplemental schedule of cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest...........................................   $     3,000    $    66,000   $      25,000  $       30,000
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:
  Equipment purchases payable, to be financed through operating
    leases.........................................................   $   604,000    $        --   $   2,299,000  $           --
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
  Equipment and furniture purchases payable........................   $        --    $ 7,363,000   $          --  $   25,786,000
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
  Intangible business acquisition costs arising from issuance of
    preferred stock and warrants...................................   $        --    $        --   $          --  $   23,040,000
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   SERIES D
                                                                                                                  CONVERTIBLE
                                      SERIES A CONVERTIBLE      SERIES B CONVERTIBLE      SERIES C CONVERTIBLE    PREFERRED
                                                                                                                    STOCK
                                         PREFERRED STOCK          PREFERRED STOCK           PREFERRED STOCK       $0.001 PAR
                                        $0.001 PAR VALUE          $0.001 PAR VALUE          $0.001 PAR VALUE        VALUE
                                     -----------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------
                                      # SHARES     AMOUNT      # SHARES      AMOUNT      # SHARES      AMOUNT      # SHARES
                                     ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Issuance of common stock to
  Founders (at inception)..........          --   $      --           --    $      --           --    $      --           --
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock for cash ($1.00 per
  share)...........................  12,490,000      12,000           --           --           --           --           --
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options ($0.04 per
  share exercise price)............          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Grant of options to purchase Series
  A preferred stock ($0.80 per
  share exercise price)............          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock............................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.....................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Net loss for 1997..................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
                                     ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997.......  12,490,000      12,000           --           --           --           --           --
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock for cash ($0.80 per
  share)...........................     365,094       1,000           --           --           --           --           --
Issuance of Series B preferred
  stock for cash ($4.45 per
  share)...........................          --          --    4,044,943        4,000           --           --           --
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options ($0.04 to
  $0.25 per share exercise
  price)...........................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Purchase of treasury stock for cash
  ($0.04 per share)................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock............................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.....................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Reversal of deferred compensation
  from cancellation of grants to
  purchase common stock............          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
Net loss for 1998..................          --          --           --           --           --           --           --
                                     ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998.......  12,855,094      13,000    4,044,943        4,000           --           --           --

<CAPTION>

                                                        COMMON STOCK            TREASURY STOCK
                                                      $0.001 PAR VALUE             AT COST           ADDITIONAL
                                                  ------------------------  ----------------------    PAID-IN
                                       AMOUNT      # SHARES      AMOUNT      # SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL      WARRANTS
                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ------------  ----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>
Issuance of common stock to
  Founders (at inception)..........   $      --    2,161,764    $   2,000           --   $      --  $         --  $       --
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock for cash ($1.00 per
  share)...........................          --           --           --           --          --    12,477,000          --
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options ($0.04 per
  share exercise price)............          --      320,458           --           --          --        12,000          --
Grant of options to purchase Series
  A preferred stock ($0.80 per
  share exercise price)............          --           --           --           --          --        73,000          --
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock............................          --           --           --           --          --     1,450,000          --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.....................          --           --           --           --          --            --          --
Net loss for 1997..................          --           --           --           --          --            --          --
                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ------------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997.......          --    2,482,222        2,000           --          --    14,012,000          --
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock for cash ($0.80 per
  share)...........................          --           --           --           --          --       291,000          --
Issuance of Series B preferred
  stock for cash ($4.45 per
  share)...........................          --           --           --           --          --    17,996,000          --
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options ($0.04 to
  $0.25 per share exercise
  price)...........................          --    5,560,308        6,000           --          --       236,000          --
Purchase of treasury stock for cash
  ($0.04 per share)................          --           --           --      438,115     (18,000)           --          --
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock............................          --           --           --           --          --     4,908,000          --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.....................          --           --           --           --          --            --          --
Reversal of deferred compensation
  from cancellation of grants to
  purchase common stock............          --           --           --           --          --      (231,000)         --
Net loss for 1998..................          --           --           --           --          --            --          --
                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ------------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998.......          --    8,042,530        8,000      438,115     (18,000)   37,212,000          --

<CAPTION>

                                                                      TOTAL
                                                                  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                       DEFERRED     ACCUMULATED      EQUITY
                                     COMPENSATION     DEFICIT       (DEFICIT)
                                     -------------  ------------  -------------
Issuance of common stock to
  Founders (at inception)..........   $        --   $         --   $     2,000
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock for cash ($1.00 per
  share)...........................            --             --    12,489,000
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options ($0.04 per
  share exercise price)............            --             --        12,000
Grant of options to purchase Series
  A preferred stock ($0.80 per
  share exercise price)............            --             --        73,000
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock............................    (1,450,000)            --            --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.....................       192,000             --       192,000
Net loss for 1997..................            --     (2,422,000)   (2,422,000)
                                     -------------  ------------  -------------
Balance at December 31, 1997.......    (1,258,000)    (2,422,000)   10,346,000
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock for cash ($0.80 per
  share)...........................            --             --       292,000
Issuance of Series B preferred
  stock for cash ($4.45 per
  share)...........................            --             --    18,000,000
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options ($0.04 to
  $0.25 per share exercise
  price)...........................            --             --       242,000
Purchase of treasury stock for cash
  ($0.04 per share)................            --             --       (18,000)
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock............................    (4,908,000)            --            --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation.....................       725,000             --       725,000
Reversal of deferred compensation
  from cancellation of grants to
  purchase common stock............       231,000             --            --
Net loss for 1998..................            --    (36,334,000)  (36,334,000)
                                     -------------  ------------  -------------
Balance at December 31, 1998.......    (5,210,000)   (38,756,000)   (6,747,000)
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SERIES A CONVERTIBLE     SERIES B CONVERTIBLE    SERIES C CONVERTIBLE    SERIES D CONVERTIBLE
                                        PREFERRED STOCK         PREFERRED STOCK         PREFERRED STOCK         PREFERRED STOCK
                                       $0.001 PAR VALUE         $0.001 PAR VALUE        $0.001 PAR VALUE        $0.001 PAR VALUE
                                    -----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                     # SHARES     AMOUNT     # SHARES     AMOUNT     # SHARES     AMOUNT     # SHARES     AMOUNT
                                    ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Issuance of common stock in
  initial public offering in April
  1999 (unaudited)................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options for cash
  ($0.04 to $6.37 per share)
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Issuance of common stock upon
  cashless exercise of warrants
  ($0.004 per share) in May and
  June 1999 (unaudited)...........          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Issuance of Series C preferred
  stock and warrants for cash
  ($8.04 per share) in March and
  April 1999 (unaudited)..........          --          --          --          --   8,395,655       8,000          --          --
Issuance of Series D preferred
  stock and warrants for cash
  ($17.00 per share) in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --     441,176          --
Business relationship value
  arising from issuance of Series
  C and Series D preferred stock
  in March and April 1999
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Conversion of preferred stock to
  common upon initial public
  offering in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................  (12,855,094)    (13,000) (4,044,943)     (4,000) (8,395,655)     (8,000)  (441,176)         --
Costs arising from issuances of
  Series C and Series D preferred
  stock in March and April 1999
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Costs arising from initial public
  offering in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Purchase of treasury stock for
  cash ($0.04 to $0.25 per share)
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Issuance of warrants to leasing
  companies in March and April
  1999 (unaudited)................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Issuance of warrants to business
  partner in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock (unaudited)...............          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation (unaudited)........          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Reversal of deferred compensation
  from cancellation of grants to
  purchase common stock
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
Net loss through June 30, 1999
  (unaudited).....................          --          --          --          --          --          --          --          --
                                    ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
Balance at June 30, 1999
  (unaudited).....................          --   $      --          --   $      --          --   $      --          --   $      --
                                    ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                    ----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------

<CAPTION>

                                         COMMON STOCK           TREASURY STOCK
                                       $0.001 PAR VALUE            AT COST          ADDITIONAL
                                    ----------------------  ----------------------    PAID-IN                  DEFERRED
                                    # SHARES     AMOUNT      # SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL     WARRANTS   COMPENSATION
                                    ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>
Issuance of common stock in
  initial public offering in April
  1999 (unaudited)................  10,781,250     11,000           --          --  226,395,000          --            --
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options for cash
  ($0.04 to $6.37 per share)
  (unaudited).....................  2,556,834       3,000           --          --    3,067,000          --            --
Issuance of common stock upon
  cashless exercise of warrants
  ($0.004 per share) in May and
  June 1999 (unaudited)...........    252,112          --           --          --           --          --            --
Issuance of Series C preferred
  stock and warrants for cash
  ($8.04 per share) in March and
  April 1999 (unaudited)..........         --          --           --          --   60,368,000   7,124,000            --
Issuance of Series D preferred
  stock and warrants for cash
  ($17.00 per share) in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................         --          --           --          --    6,317,000   1,183,000            --
Business relationship value
  arising from issuance of Series
  C and Series D preferred stock
  in March and April 1999
  (unaudited).....................         --          --           --          --   21,100,000          --            --
Conversion of preferred stock to
  common upon initial public
  offering in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................  51,076,051     51,000           --          --      (26,000)         --            --
Costs arising from issuances of
  Series C and Series D preferred
  stock in March and April 1999
  (unaudited).....................         --          --           --          --     (234,000)         --            --
Costs arising from initial public
  offering in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................         --          --           --          --  (16,256,000)         --            --
Purchase of treasury stock for
  cash ($0.04 to $0.25 per share)
  (unaudited).....................         --          --       48,480      (2,000)          --          --            --
Issuance of warrants to leasing
  companies in March and April
  1999 (unaudited)................         --          --           --          --           --   1,030,000            --
Issuance of warrants to business
  partner in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................         --          --           --          --           --     910,000            --
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock (unaudited)...............         --          --           --          --    7,009,000          --    (7,009,000)
Amortization of deferred
  compensation (unaudited)........         --          --           --          --           --          --     1,575,000
Reversal of deferred compensation
  from cancellation of grants to
  purchase common stock
  (unaudited).....................         --          --           --          --     (558,000)         --       558,000
Net loss through June 30, 1999
  (unaudited).....................         --          --           --          --           --          --            --
                                    ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -------------
Balance at June 30, 1999
  (unaudited).....................  72,708,777  $  73,000      486,595   $ (20,000) $344,394,000 $10,247,000  $(10,086,000)
                                    ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -------------
                                    ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -------------

<CAPTION>

                                                      TOTAL
                                                   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     ACCUMULATED      EQUITY
                                       DEFICIT      (DEFICIT)
                                    -------------  ------------
Issuance of common stock in
  initial public offering in April
  1999 (unaudited)................             --   226,406,000
Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of options for cash
  ($0.04 to $6.37 per share)
  (unaudited).....................             --     3,070,000
Issuance of common stock upon
  cashless exercise of warrants
  ($0.004 per share) in May and
  June 1999 (unaudited)...........             --            --
Issuance of Series C preferred
  stock and warrants for cash
  ($8.04 per share) in March and
  April 1999 (unaudited)..........             --    67,500,000
Issuance of Series D preferred
  stock and warrants for cash
  ($17.00 per share) in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................             --     7,500,000
Business relationship value
  arising from issuance of Series
  C and Series D preferred stock
  in March and April 1999
  (unaudited).....................             --    21,100,000
Conversion of preferred stock to
  common upon initial public
  offering in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................             --            --
Costs arising from issuances of
  Series C and Series D preferred
  stock in March and April 1999
  (unaudited).....................             --      (234,000)
Costs arising from initial public
  offering in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................             --   (16,256,000)
Purchase of treasury stock for
  cash ($0.04 to $0.25 per share)
  (unaudited).....................             --        (2,000)
Issuance of warrants to leasing
  companies in March and April
  1999 (unaudited)................             --     1,030,000
Issuance of warrants to business
  partner in April 1999
  (unaudited).....................             --       910,000
Deferred compensation from grants
  of options to purchase common
  stock (unaudited)...............             --            --
Amortization of deferred
  compensation (unaudited)........             --     1,575,000
Reversal of deferred compensation
  from cancellation of grants to
  purchase common stock
  (unaudited).....................             --            --
Net loss through June 30, 1999
  (unaudited).....................    (66,755,000)  (66,755,000)
                                    -------------  ------------
Balance at June 30, 1999
  (unaudited).....................  $(105,511,000) $239,097,000
                                    -------------  ------------
                                    -------------  ------------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1--THE COMPANY

    Rhythms NetConnections Inc. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, was
organized under the name Accelerated Connections Inc. effective February 27,
1997. The Company's name was changed to Rhythms NetConnections Inc. as of August
15, 1997. The Company is in the business of providing

high-speed data communications services on an end-to-end basis to business
customers and end users. The Company began service trials in the San Diego,
California, market in December 1997 and began commercial operations in San Diego
effective April 1, 1998.

    The Company's ultimate success depends upon, among other factors, rapidly
expanding the geographic coverage of its network services; entering into
interconnection agreements with incumbent local exchange carriers, some of which
are competitors or potential competitors of the Company; deploying network
infrastructure; attracting and retaining customers; accurately assessing
potential markets; continuing to develop and integrate its operational support
system and other back office systems; obtaining any required governmental
authorizations; responding to competitive developments; continuing to attract,
retain and motivate qualified personnel; and continuing to upgrade its
technologies and commercialize its network services incorporating such
technologies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
addressing these matters and failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, prospects, operating results and financial
condition. As the Company continues the development of its business, it will use
currently available funds and seek additional sources of financing. If
unsuccessful in obtaining additional financing, the Company will continue
expansion of its operations on a reduced scale based on its existing capital
resources.

NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:  The accompanying consolidated financial
statements include the transactions and balances of Rhythms NetConnections Inc.
and its wholly owned subsidiaries Rhythms Links Inc. (formerly ACI Corp.) and
ACI Corp.-Virginia (since February 1998). All material intercompany transactions
and balances have been eliminated.

    USE OF ESTIMATES:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
financial statement date, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

    INTERIM RESULTS (UNAUDITED):  The interim consolidated financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
for interim financial information and, therefore, do not include all the
information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles
for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, these
statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
accruals, that are necessary for the fair statement of results for the unaudited
interim periods. The operating results for the interim period are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full fiscal year or
for any future periods. All information subsequent to March 4, 1999 is
unaudited.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION:  Revenue is recorded in the period services are
provided to customers.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:  Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand,
money market funds, certificates of deposit, obligations of the U.S. Government
and its agencies and commercial paper with a maturity of 90 days or less at the
time of purchase.

    SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS.  Short-term investments consist of obligations of
the U.S. Government and its agencies and commercial paper that have an original
maturity between 91 days and one year from the date of purchase. Management
determines the appropriate classification of marketable debt and equity
securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each
balance sheet date.

    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:  The carrying amounts of the Company's
financial instruments as presented are reasonable estimates of those
instruments' fair values because of the short maturity of those instruments or
based on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining
maturities.

    INVENTORY:  Inventory consists of communications equipment that will be
installed at customer locations. Inventory is accounted for on a FIFO basis at
the lower of cost or market.

    EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE:  Equipment and furniture consists of purchased
equipment, furniture, computer software, and leasehold improvements. Equipment
and furniture is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally
three to seven years or the lease term if shorter. When equipment and furniture
is retired, sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts and gains and losses resulting from
such transactions are reflected in operations.

    COLLOCATION FEES:  Collocation fees represent nonrecurring fees paid to
secure Central Office space for location of certain Company equipment. The fees
are amortized over their estimated useful lives of ten years.

    IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS:  The Company investigates potential
impairments of their

long-lived assets on an exception basis when evidence exists that events or
changes in circumstances may have made recovery of an asset's carrying value
unlikely. An impairment loss is recognized when the sum of the expected
undiscounted future net cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the
asset. No such losses have been identified.

    CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK:  Credit risk is primarily concentrated in
cash equivalents and short-term investments. Cash in excess of operating
requirements is conservatively invested in money market funds, certificates of
deposit with high-quality financial institutions, obligations of the U.S.
Government and its agencies and commercial paper rated A-1, P-1 to minimize
risk.

    Two customers comprise 14.9 percent and 7.5 percent of the Company's net
trade receivable balance at December 31, 1998 and 36.7 percent and 13.7 percent
of revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998.

    INCOME TAXES:  The Company provides for income taxes utilizing the liability
method. Under the liability method, current income tax expense or benefit
represents income taxes expected to be payable or refundable for the current
period. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established for both the
impact of differences between the financial reporting bases and tax bases of
assets and liabilities

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax credits and tax
loss carryforwards. Deferred income tax expense or benefit represents the change
during the reporting period in the net deferred income tax assets and
liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in
the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all
of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

    NET LOSS PER SHARE:  The Company has adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." Basic earnings per
share ("EPS") is calculated by dividing the income or loss available to common
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the
period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted EPS is
computed by dividing the income or loss available to common stockholders by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period in addition
to the weighted average number of common stock equivalents outstanding for the
period. Shares subject to repurchase by the Company are considered common stock
equivalents for purposes of this calculation. Shares issuable upon conversion of
the Series A and Series B preferred stock, upon the exercise of outstanding
stock options and warrants and shares issued subject to repurchase by the
Company totaling 36,653,940 and 52,958,513 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and
20,915,262 and 15,931,733 at June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively, have been
excluded from the computation since their effect would be antidilutive.

    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:  The Company measures compensation expense for
their employee stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method and
provides pro forma disclosures of net loss as if the fair value method had been
applied in measuring compensation expense. Under the intrinsic value method of
accounting for stock-based compensation, when the exercise price of options
granted to employees is less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the
date of grant, compensation expense is to be recognized over the applicable
vesting period.

    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:  In June 1998, SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," was issued. This statement
establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and
for hedging activities. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 133 as required in 2001.
The Company expects that adoption will have no impact on their consolidated
financial statements.

    RECLASSIFICATIONS:  Certain 1997 balances have been reclassified to conform
to the 1998 presentation.

NOTE 3--SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

    The Company's marketable debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity
and carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term
investments consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1997             1998
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>
Commercial Paper...........................................   $          --    $  33,170,000
U.S. Government Securities.................................              --       82,327,000
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                              $          --    $ 115,497,000
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 4--COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1997             1998
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>
Accounts, loans and other receivables, net:
  Interest.................................................   $          --    $   2,135,000
  Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $50,000
    in 1998................................................              --          197,000
  Employee expense advances and loans......................              --           44,000
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                              $          --    $   2,376,000
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
Equipment and furniture, net:
  Operating equipment......................................   $   1,241,000    $   9,633,000
  Office furniture.........................................          43,000          917,000
  Leasehold improvements...................................          32,000          668,000
  Computer software........................................         173,000          456,000
  Computer equipment.......................................         133,000          274,000
  Lab equipment............................................              --           17,000
  Accumulated depreciation.................................          (1,000)        (455,000)
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                              $   1,621,000    $  11,510,000
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:
  Accrued payroll..........................................   $     217,000    $   1,524,000
  Carrier services and other operating costs...............              --          991,000
  Other....................................................         159,000          340,000
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                              $     376,000    $   2,855,000
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
                                                             ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>

NOTE 5--DEBT

    As of December 31, 1997 and 1998, the Company had a note payable of $568,000
and $805,000, respectively, to a financial institution. Terms of the note
payable include an interest rate of prime plus 0.25 percent (8.75 percent and
8.0 percent at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively) payable monthly on the
outstanding principal. The note is collateralized by assets of the Company and
is to be amortized over a 36-month repayment period. The $805,000 will be repaid
during the years 1999 through 2001 in the amounts of $333,000 each in 1999 and
2000 and $139,000 in 2001.

    On May 5, 1998, the Company issued 13.5 percent senior discount notes due
2008 in the principal amount of $290,000,000 at maturity, combined with warrants
to purchase 4,732,800 shares of common stock. The notes were issued at a
discount; cash proceeds from the issuance of the notes and warrants were
$150,365,000. The Company additionally incurred approximately $6,519,000 in debt
issue costs. The notes will accrete in value through May 15, 2003 at a rate of
13.5 percent per annum, compounded semi-annually; no cash interest will be
payable prior to that date. Upon a change in control or upon certain asset
sales, the Company must offer to repurchase all or a portion of the outstanding
notes. In addition, the Company has the option to repurchase the notes upon
payment of a premium of accreted value at that point in time. The notes contain
covenants that restrict the Company's ability to make certain payments,
including dividend payments, and incur additional debt.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5--DEBT (CONTINUED)
    The warrants issued in connection with the senior discount notes are
exercisable at a price of $0.004 per share. The warrants expire May 15, 2008.
The warrants may be required to be repurchased by the Company for cash upon the
occurrence of a repurchase event, such as a consolidation, merger, or sale of
assets to another entity, as defined in the provisions of the Warrant Agreement,
at a price to be determined by an independent financial expert selected by the
Company. In the event a repurchase event occurs, the difference between the
repurchase price and the carrying value of the warrants would be charged to
equity. The value ascribed to the warrants of $6,567,000 resulted in additional
debt discount, which, together with the debt issue costs are being amortized to
interest expense using the effective interest method over the period that the
notes are outstanding.

    Effective November 20, 1998, the Company completed an exchange offer of the
13.5 percent senior discount notes that allowed for registration of such notes
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. $289,000,000 of the original issue
notes were tendered for exchange. The registered notes have substantially the
same terms and conditions as the unregistered notes, except that the registered
notes are not subject to the restrictions on resale or transfer that applied to
the unregistered notes.

    During May 1998 the Company entered into a 36-month lease line that provides
for $24.5 million in equipment on an operating lease basis. In connection with
this lease agreement, the Company issued 574,380 warrants to purchase common
stock at a price of $1.85 per share, exercisable immediately.

NOTE 6--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    The Company was initially capitalized in February 1997 with common stock. In
July 1997, the Company was granted authority to issue two classes of stock
consisting of up to 17,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock and 54,635,294
shares of common stock, as adjusted for the November 1998 and March 1999 stock
splits, both with a $0.001 par value per share.

    Effective March 6, 1998, the Company amended its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized common shares to 54,983,160,
as adjusted for the November 1998 and March 1999 stock splits, to decrease the
number of authorized preferred shares to 16,944,943, and to designate 12,900,000
of the preferred shares as Series A and 4,044,943 shares as Series B.

    Effective April 28, 1998, the Company amended its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized common shares to 59,715,960,
as adjusted for the November 1998 and March 1999 stock splits.

    Effective November 4, 1998, the Company completed a two-for-one split of its
common stock. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been
restated for all periods presented to reflect the stock split.

    The Company's Series A and Series B preferred stock may be converted, at the
option of the holder, into the Company's common stock on a 2.4 to 1 basis,
subject to antidilution protection on a broad-based weighted-average basis. The
preferred stock will also be automatically converted upon certain closings of
registered public offerings of common stock. The holders of the Series A
preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in the amount
equal to $0.08 per share per annum and the holders of the Series B preferred
stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends of $0.356 per share per
annum, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, or an amount equal to that
paid on any other outstanding shares of the Company, payable quarterly, as and
if declared by the Board of Directors. In the event of a liquidation of the
Company, the holders of the Series A and

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 6--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
Series B preferred stock will be entitled, in preference to the holders of
common stock, to an amount equal to $1.00 per share and $4.45 per share,
respectively, plus all declared and unpaid dividends. The preferred shares
entitle holders to two votes per share, on an "as-converted" basis.

NOTE 7--STOCK OPTIONS

    The Company has established the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the
"Plan"), which provides for the grant of options to employees, directors and
outside consultants for purchase of up to an aggregate of 11,673,530 shares of
common stock. The options are immediately exercisable and expire within ten
years after the date of grant. Shares acquired upon exercise are subject to
repurchase by the Company ratably over a four-year period from the date of
grant, at the option of the Company and at the exercise price. The Plan provides
for both incentive option and non-statutory option grants and for accelerated
vesting in the event of a 50 percent or more change in control of the Company.

    Plan activity is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NUMBER OF    WEIGHTED AVERAGE   WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                                   SHARES         FAIR VALUE       EXERCISE PRICE
                                                                -------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>                <C>
  Granted.....................................................      5,801,714      $    0.29          $    0.04
  Exercised...................................................       (320,458)     $    0.29          $    0.04
                                                                -------------
    Outstanding at December 31, 1997..........................      5,481,256      $    0.29          $    0.04

  Granted.....................................................      3,364,680      $    2.62          $    0.84
  Exercised...................................................     (5,560,308)     $    0.30          $    0.04
  Canceled....................................................       (136,348)     $    1.10          $    0.22
                                                                -------------

    Outstanding at December 31, 1998..........................      3,149,280      $    2.73          $    0.89
                                                                -------------
                                                                -------------
</TABLE>

    The following summarizes the outstanding and exercisable options under the
Plan at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  WEIGHTED
                                   AVERAGE        WEIGHTED                    WEIGHTED
                     NUMBER       REMAINING        AVERAGE       NUMBER        AVERAGE
                   OUTSTANDING      LIFE       EXERCISE PRICE   EXERCISABLE EXERCISE PRICE
                   -----------  -------------  ---------------  ---------  ---------------
 EXERCISE PRICE
- -----------------
                                     OPTIONS OUTSTANDING           OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
<S>                <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>        <C>
                                ------------------------------  --------------------------
      $0.04           177,480    9.03 years       $    0.04       177,480     $    0.04
 $0.21 to $0.25     1,591,680    9.42 years       $    0.23     1,591,680     $    0.23
 $1.67 to $1.88     1,380,120    9.83 years       $    1.75     1,380,120     $    1.75
</TABLE>

    During 1997 and 1998, all options were granted to employees at less than
fair value on the date of grant, resulting in $1,450,000 and $4,908,000,
respectively, of deferred compensation recorded as a reduction of stockholders'
equity. These amounts are being amortized as a charge to general and
administrative expenses over the vesting periods of the applicable options; such
amortization totaled $192,000 and $725,000 for the periods ended December 31,
1997 and 1998, respectively.

    An option to purchase 365,094 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $0.80
per share was granted to an employee during 1997. The Company recorded $73,000
in compensation expense during 1997 related to this grant.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 7--STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    Had compensation expense for the Company's Plan and the Preferred Stock
option been determined based on the fair value method of accounting for
stock-based compensation, the Company's net loss and net loss per share for the
periods ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 would have been increased by $11,000
and $60,000 and $0.01 and $0.02 per share, respectively. For purposes of
determining this compensation expense, the fair value of each option grant is
estimated on the grant date using the Black Scholes option pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions used for grants during the periods
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively: no dividend yield, risk free
interest rates of 5.3 percent and 4.9 percent, respectively, expected volatility
of nil, and expected term of four years for common options and six months for
the preferred option.

NOTE 8--INCOME TAXES

    As of December 31, 1998, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $37,000,000, which are available to offset future taxable income
through 2018 for federal taxes and 2005 for state taxes, subject to the
limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 relating to changes in
ownership of the Company. The deferred tax asset arising from the loss
carryforwards has been fully offset by a valuation allowance since it is more
likely than not that it will not be realized. The valuation allowance increased
by $13,905,000 during 1998, primarily as a result of the additional losses in
1998.

    Components of deferred income taxes are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1997  DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                         -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards.....................    $     908,000     $    14,724,000
  Accrued vacation and other...........................           89,000             178,000
                                                         -----------------  -----------------
Gross deferred tax asset...............................          997,000          14,902,000
Valuation allowance....................................         (997,000)        (14,902,000)
                                                         -----------------  -----------------
Net deferred income taxes..............................    $          --     $            --
                                                         -----------------  -----------------
                                                         -----------------  -----------------
</TABLE>

    The provision for (benefit from) income taxes reconciles to the statutory
federal tax rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1997  DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                         -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>
Statutory federal tax rate.............................          (34.0)%            (34.0)%
State income tax, net of federal benefit...............           (5.4)              (5.4)
Other..................................................           (1.8)               0.9
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance.................           41.2               38.5
                                                               -------            -------
                                                                  -- %               -- %
                                                               -------            -------
                                                               -------            -------
</TABLE>

NOTE 9--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    The Company's in-house counsel is also a partner in a law firm used
externally by the Company. During 1997 and 1998, the Company incurred legal fees
and expenses of approximately $92,000 and

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 9--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
$1,269,000, respectively, to the external firm, in addition to the salary paid
to the in-house counsel. At December 31, 1998, the Company had a balance payable
of $372,000 to this entity.

    Two members of the Company's Board of Directors serve as directors to a
company that supplies equipment to the Company. The total purchases during 1997
and 1998 from the equipment supplier were approximately $419,000 and
$13,005,000, respectively. At December 31, 1998, the Company had a balance
payable of $2,451,000 to this entity.

NOTE 10--COMMITMENTS

    The Company leases office space and certain office equipment under
non-cancelable operating lease agreements. The leases range in term from 24
months to 60 months and, in certain instances, provide for options to extend.
Rent expense under the operating leases for 1997 and 1998 totaled $46,000 and
$2,044,000, respectively. Future minimum rental payments under the leases are
$11,169,000 in 1999, $11,251,000 in 2000, $9,667,000 in 2001, $1,710,000 in
2002, and $1,190,000 in 2003.

NOTE 11--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    Effective March 2, 1999, the Company amended its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized common shares to 84,527,584,
as adjusted for the November 1998 and March 1999 stock splits, and to authorize
3,731,410 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

    Effective March 4, 1999, the Company issued 3,731,410 shares of its Series C
preferred stock to MCI WorldCom's investment fund at a price of $8.04 per share
for total proceeds to the Company of $30,000,000. In connection with this
investment, MCI WorldCom also received warrants to purchase up to 720,000 shares
of common stock at a price of $6.70 per share. The terms of the transaction also
provide for the Company and MCI WorldCom to enter into various business
relationships, including MCI WorldCom's commitment to sell 100,000 of the
Company's DSL lines over a period of five years, subject to penalties for
failure to reach target commitments.

    During January and February 1999, the Company granted options to purchase
1,615,686 shares of common stock pursuant to the Plan. The grant of these
options will result in additional deferred compensation in 1999 and compensation
expense in 1999 and future years as the options vest.

    On March 19, 1999, the Company completed a six for five split of its common
stock. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been restated for
all periods presented to reflect the stock split.

NOTE 12--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

    Effective March 15, 1999, the Company amended its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized Common shares to 74,171,062
and to authorize an additional 3,731,409 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

    On March 16, 1999, the Company issued Series C Preferred Stock and Warrants
to Microsoft Corporation for $30,000,000. A total of 3,731,409 shares of Series
C Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase 720,000 shares of Common Stock at a
price of $6.70 per share were issued in this transaction. Of the proceeds
received, the Company allocated $26,544,000 to the Preferred Stock and
$3,456,000 to the Warrants. The terms of the transaction also provide for the
Company and Microsoft to enter into

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 12--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
various business relationships. In connection with these business relationships,
the Company capitalized $10,000,000 in business acquisition costs that will be
amortized to operating expense over a three-year period beginning March 1999.

    On March 16, 1999 the Company's Board of Directors approved the 1999 Stock
Incentive Plan and the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each plan subject to
shareholder approval. The 1999 Stock Incentive Plan serves as the successor
equity incentive program to the 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and became
effective April 6, 1999. An initial reserve of 8,161,944 shares of Common Stock
has been authorized for issuance under the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. The 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan has an initial reserve of 1,200,000 shares of
Common Stock and became effective April 6, 1999.

    On March 31, 1999, the Company entered into a 36-month lease line that
provides for $24,000,000 in equipment on an operating lease basis. In connection
with this lease agreement, the Company issued 45,498 Warrants to purchase Common
Stock at a price of $10.55 per share, exercisable immediately. The value of
these Warrants, estimated to be $250,000, is being amortized over the life of
the lease.

    On April 5, 1999, the Company entered into a 36-month lease line that
provides for $20,000,000 in equipment on an operating lease basis. In connection
with this lease agreement, the Company issued 75,000 warrants to purchase Common
Stock at a price of $10.55 per share, exercisable immediately.

    Effective April 5, 1999, the Company restated its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized Common shares to 81,000,000,
to authorize an additional 932,836 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, to
authorize 441,176 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and to designate 1,000,000
shares as Series 1 Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

    On April 6, 1999, the Company issued 932,836 shares of its Series C
Preferred Stock at a price of $8.04 per share and 441,176 shares of its Series D
Preferred Stock at a price of $17.00 per share to a wholly owned subsidiary of
Qwest Communications Corporation for total proceeds of $15,000,000. In
connection with this investment, Qwest also received warrants to purchase
180,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $6.70 per share and MCI WorldCom
received an additional warrant to purchase 136,996 shares of Common Stock at a
price of $21.00 per share. In accordance with provisions of the agreement
underlying this investment, the Company and Qwest have entered into certain
business relationships. In connection with these business relationships, the
Company capitalized $11,100,000 in business acquisition costs that are being
amortized to operating expenses over a five year period beginning in April 1999.

    Effective April 12, 1999, the Company restated its Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized Common shares to 250,000,000
and to decrease the number of authorized Preferred Shares to 5,000,000.

    Effective April 12, 1999, the Company completed an initial public offering
of its Common Stock. A total of 10,781,250 shares were issued at $21.00 per
share; net proceeds to the Company were approximately $211,407,000, after
payment of underwriting fees but before payment of related issue expenses. Upon
completion of the offering, all classes of Preferred Stock automatically
converted to Common Stock, resulting in an additional 51,076,051 shares of
Common Stock being issued and a resulting zero shares of Preferred Stock being
issued and outstanding.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 12--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
    On April 23, 1999, the Company issued 12.75 percent Senior Notes due 2009 in
the principal amount of $325,000,000, due at maturity. Cash proceeds from the
issuance, after payment of underwriting fees but before payment of related issue
expenses, were $315,250,000. Of these proceeds, approximately $113,211,000 was
used to purchase a portfolio of U.S. government securities and will be used for
the first three years' interest payments.

    On July 14, 1999, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1
with the Securities and Exchange Commission for up to 4,732,800 shares of common
stock to be offered for sale by certain of the Company's stockholders. On July
29, 1999, the Company filed an amendment to this registration statement and
reduced the amount of shares to be sold to 3,919,087. An underwriters'
over-allotment of 15 percent of the shares sold will also be registered with
this offering.

    On July 30, 1999, the Company entered into a 36-month lease line that
provides for $26,000,000 in equipment on an operating lease basis. In connection
with this lease agreement, the Company issued 10,000 warrants to purchase common
stock at a price of $50.00 per share, exercisable immediately.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 770,705 SHARES

                                     [LOGO]

                          RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                               ------------------

                              P R O S P E C T U S
                             ---------------------

                               SEPTEMBER   , 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

    The following table sets forth all expenses, other than underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale
of the common stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates,
except for the registration fee and the Nasdaq National Market fee.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Registration fee..................................................  $   7,640
Nasdaq National Market fee........................................     17,500
Blue Sky fees and expenses........................................      5,000
Printing and engraving expenses...................................     75,000
Legal fees and expenses...........................................    150,000
Accounting fees and expenses......................................     30,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees.................................      5,000
Miscellaneous expenses............................................      9,860
                                                                    ---------
  Total...........................................................  $ 300,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits indemnification
of the Registrant's officers and directors under certain conditions and subject
to certain limitations. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law also
provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of its officers and directors against any liability asserted against such
person and incurred by him or her in such capacity, or arising out of his or her
status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify
him or her against such liability under the provisions of Section 145 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law.

    Article VII, Section 1 of the Registrant's Restated Bylaws provides that the
Registrant shall indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest
extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights to
indemnity thereunder continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of the person. In addition, expenses incurred by a director or
executive officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is
or was a director or officer of the Registrant (or was serving at the
Registrant's request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be
paid by the Registrant in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit
or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she
is not entitled to be indemnified by the Registrant as authorized by the
relevant section of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

    As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
Article V, Section (A) of the Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation
provides that a director of the Registrant shall not be personally liable for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant
or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or acts or
omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

    The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers. Generally, the indemnification agreements
attempt to provide the maximum

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
protection permitted by Delaware law as it may be amended from time to time.
Moreover, the indemnification agreements provide for certain additional
indemnification. Under such additional indemnification provisions, however, an
individual will not receive indemnification for judgments, settlements or
expenses if he or she is found liable to the Registrant (except to the extent
the court determines he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity
for expenses), for settlements not approved by the Registrant or for settlements
and expenses if the settlement is not approved by the court. The indemnification
agreements provide for the Registrant to advance to the individual any and all
reasonable expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in
investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. In order to
receive an advance of expenses, the individual must submit to the Registrant
copies of invoices presented to him or her for such expenses. Also, the
individual must repay such advances upon a final judicial decision that he or
she is not entitled to indemnification.

    The Registrant has purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance.
The Registrant intends to enter into additional indemnification agreements with
each of its directors and executive officers to effectuate these indemnity
provisions.

    The underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) contains provisions by which
the underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Registrant, each person, if any,
who controls the Registrant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act, each director of the Registrant, and each officer of the Registrant who
signs this registration statement, with respect to information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the underwriters for use in the registration
statement.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

    Since its incorporation in February 1997, the Registrant has issued and sold
unregistered securities as follows (adjusted for subsequent stock splits):

    (1) An aggregate of 2,161,764 shares of common stock was issued in private
placements in February through June 1997 to Enterprise Partners in connection
with the Registrant's initial funding. The consideration received for such
shares was $901.

    (2) An aggregate of 6,140,000 shares of Series A preferred stock (which have
converted into 14,736,000 shares of common stock) was issued in a private
placement in July 1997 to Brentwood Venture Capital, Enterprise Partners,
Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, the Sprout Group and certain other purchasers
pursuant to a Series A preferred stock Purchase Agreement. The consideration
received for such shares was $6,138,500.

    (3) An aggregate of 6,350,000 shares of Series A preferred stock (which have
converted into 15,240,000 shares of common stock) was issued in a private
placement in December 1997 to Brentwood Venture Capital, Enterprise Partners,
Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, the Sprout Group and certain other purchasers
pursuant to a Series A preferred stock Purchase Agreement and a Subsequent
Closing Purchase Agreement. The consideration received for such shares was
$6,350,000.

    (4) An aggregate of 365,094 shares of Series A preferred stock (which have
converted into 876,226 shares of common stock) was issued in a private placement
in February 1998 to Catherine Hapka in connection with the Series A preferred
stock Purchase Agreement, the Subsequent Closing Purchase Agreement and an
employment agreement between the Company and Ms. Hapka. The consideration
received for such shares was $292,075.

    (5) An aggregate of 4,044,943 shares of Series B preferred stock (which have
converted into 9,707,863 shares of common stock) was issued in a private
placement in March 1998 to Brentwood Venture Capital, Enterprise Partners,
Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, the Sprout Group and Enron Communications
Group, Inc. The consideration received for such shares was $18,000,000.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    (6) In May 1998 the Registrant issued 290,000 units consisting of 13 1/2%
senior discount notes due 2008 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
4,732,800 shares of common stock with exercise prices of $0.004 per share to
Merrill Lynch & Co. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, as
initial purchasers, for resale to qualified institutional buyers. Merrill Lynch
& Co. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation received
commissions of $5,262,920 for acting as initial purchasers in connection with
this transaction.

    (7) In May 1998 the Registrant issued to Sun Financial Group, Inc., now GATX
Capital Corporation, a warrant to purchase 574,380 shares of common stock with
an exercise price of $1.85 per share in connection with an equipment lease
financing.

    (8) In March 1999 the Registrant issued to MCI WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc.
and to Microsoft Corporation 3,731,410 and 3,731,409 shares of Series C
preferred stock, respectively, and issued to each of them a warrant to purchase
720,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $60.0 million.
In April 1999, the Registrant issued to MCI WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc. a
warrant to purchase 136,996 shares of common stock at the purchase price per
share sold in this offering.

    (9) In March 1999 the Registrant issued to GATX Capital Corporation warrants
to purchase an aggregate of 45,498 shares of common stock with an exercise price
per share of $10.55 in connection with an equipment lease financing.

   (10) In April 1999 the Registrant issued to U.S. Telesource, Inc. 932,836
shares of Series C preferred stock, which are convertible into 1,119,403 shares
of common stock, and 441,176 shares of Series D preferred stock, which are
convertible into 441,176 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment if the
price per share in this offering is less than $17.00. The Registrant also issued
to U.S. Telesource, Inc. a warrant to purchase 180,000 shares of common stock at
an exercise price of $6.70 per share. The aggregate consideration received for
this issuance was $15 million.

   (11) In April 1999 the Registrant issued to Cisco Systems Capital Corporation
a warrant to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price per
share of $10.55 in connection with an equipment lease financing.

   (12) From August 1997 through April 5, 1999, the Registrant granted stock
options to purchase an aggregate of 12,387,070 shares of common stock to
employees and consultants with aggregate exercise prices ranging from $0.04 to
$16.00 per share pursuant to the Registrant's stock option plan. As of April 5,
1999, 8,408,362 shares of common stock have been issued upon exercise of
options.

   (13) In April 1999 the Registrant issued 12 3/4% senior notes due 2009 in the
aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million to Merrill Lynch & Co. and Salomon
Smith Barney Inc., as initial purchasers, for resale to qualified institutional
buyers. Merrill Lynch & Co. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. received commissions
of $9,750,000 for acting as initial purchasers in connection with this
transaction.

   (14) In July 1999, the Registrant issued a warrant to GATX Capital
Corporation to purchase up to 10,000 shares of the Registrant's common stock at
an exercise price of $50.00 per share. This warrant is exercisable immediately
and expires on July 30, 2004.

    No underwriters were used in connection with these sales and issuances
except for the issuance of the senior discount notes and related warrants in (6)
above and the issuance of senior notes in (13) above. The sales and issuances of
these securities except for those in (6) and (13) above were exempt from
registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder on the basis that these securities were offered and sold either
pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or pursuant to written contracts
relating to consideration, as provided by Rule 701, or pursuant to Section 4(2)
thereof on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering.
The sales and issuances in (6) and (13) above were each exempt from registration
under the Securities Act pursuant

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
to Section 4(2) and, in connection with the resales by the initial purchasers of
the securities described in (6) and (13) above, Rule 144A thereunder.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

    (a) Exhibits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  3.1** Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

  3.2** Certificate of Designation of Series 1 Junior Participating Preferred
         Stock of Registrant.

  3.3** Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

  4.1** Form of Certificate of common stock.

  4.2* Indenture, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and between the Registrant and
         State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee,
         including form of the Registrant's 13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due
         2008, Series A and form of Registrant's 13 1/2% Senior Discount
         Notes due 2008, Series B.

  4.3* Warrant Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and between the
         Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California,
         N.A.

  4.4* Warrant Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and
         among the Registrant and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
         Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
         Securities Corporation.

  4.5** Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated May 19, 1998, by and
         between the Registrant and Sun Financial Group, Inc.

  4.6** Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 3, 1999, by and between the
         Registrant and MCI WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc.

  4.7** Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 16, 1999, by and between
         the Registrant and Microsoft Corporation.

  4.8** Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated March 31, 1999, by
         and between Registrant and GATX Capital Corporation.

  4.9** Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 6, 1999, by and between
         Registrant and MCI WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc.

  4.10** Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 6, 1999, by and among
         Registrant and MCI WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc.

  4.11** Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 6, 1999, by and among the
         Registrant and U.S. Telesource, Inc.

  4.12** Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 5, 1999, by and among
         Registrant and Cisco Systems Capital Corporation.

  4.13** Rights Agreement, dated April 2, 1999, by and among Registrant and
         American Securities Transfer & Trust, Inc.

  4.14*** Indenture, dated as of April 23, 1999, by and between the Registrant
         and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as
         trustee, including form of the Registrant's 12 3/4% Senior Notes due
         2009, Series A and form of the Registrant's 12 3/4% Senior Notes due
         2009, Series B.
</TABLE>

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  4.15*** Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 23, 1999, by
         and among the Registrant and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch,
         Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and
         Chase Securities Inc.

  4.16*** Pledge and Escrow Agreement, dated as of April 23, 1999, from the
         Registrant as Pledgor to State Street Bank and Trust Company of
         California, N.A., as trustee.

  4.17**** Amendment No. 1 to Warrant Agreement, dated as of August , 1999
         between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company of
         California, N.A.

  5.1+ Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP with respect to the common
         stock being registered.

  9.1* Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and among Sprout
         Capital VII, L.P., Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
         Corporation, and First Union Trust Company, National Association, as
         trustee.

  9.2* Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of March 12, 1998, by and between
         Enron Communications Group, Inc. and the Registrant, as trustee.

 10.1* Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 3, 1997, by
         and among the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule A
         thereto.

 10.2* Subsequent Closing Purchase Agreement, dated December 23, 1997, by and
         among the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.

 10.3* Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 12, 1998, by
         and among the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule A
         thereto.

 10.4**++ Enterprise Services Solution Agreement between Cisco Systems, Inc. and
         the Registrant, dated December 3, 1998

 10.5** Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, by
         and among the Registrant and MCI WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc.

 10.6** Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated March 3, 1999,
         by and among the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule A
         thereto.

 10.7**++ Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, by and between the Registrant and MCI
         WorldCom, Inc.

 10.8** Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated March
         16, 1999, by and among the Registrant and Microsoft Corporation.

 10.9** Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated March 16,
         1999, by and among the Registrant and the Investors listed on
         Schedule A thereto.

 10.10** Distribution Agreement, dated March 16, 1999, by and among the
         Registrant and Microsoft Corporation.

 10.11* Master Lease Agreement No. 1642 and Addendum thereto, each dated
         November 19, 1997, and Second Addendum thereto, dated as of May 19,
         1998, between the Registrant and Sun Financial Group, Inc.

 10.12** Business Lease (Single Tenant) between the Registrant and BR Venture,
         LLC dated September 1998.

 10.13* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Catherine M. Hapka,
         dated June 10, 1997.

 10.14* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey Blumenfeld,
         dated August 10, 1997.
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.15* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and James A. Greenberg,
         dated July 14, 1997.

 10.16* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Rand A. Kennedy, dated
         August 22, 1997.

 10.17* 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

 10.18** 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.

 10.19** 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 10.20* Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of
         its directors.

 10.21* Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of
         its officers.

 10.22* QuickStart Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 29, 1997,
         between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.

 10.23** Third Addendum, dated March 31, 1999, to Master Lease Agreement, dated
         November 19, 1997, by and among Registrant and GATX Capital
         Corporation.

 10.24** Master Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 1999, by and among Registrant
         and GATX Capital Corporation.

 10.25** First Addendum, dated March 31, 1999, to Master Lease Agreement, dated
         March 31, 1999, by and among Registrant and GATX Capital
         Corporation.

 10.26** Amendment No. 1, dated April 6, 1999, to Framework Agreement, dated
         March 3, 1999, by and among the Registrant and MCI WorldCom, Inc.

 10.27** Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated April
         6, 1999, by and among the Registrant and U.S Telesource, Inc.

 10.28** Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 6, 1999, by
         and among the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule A
         thereto.

 10.29** Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 6, 1999,
         by and among the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule A
         thereto.

 10.30** Lease Agreement, dated April 5, 1999, by and among the Registrant and
         Cisco Systems Capital Corporation.

 10.31*** Amendment No. 2, dated May 10, 1999, to Framework Agreement, dated
         March 3, 1999, by and among the Registrant and MCI WorldCom, Inc.

 10.32**** Employment Agreement with Steve Stringer.

 10.33**** Employment Agreement with Michael Lanier.

 21.1** Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 23.1+ Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (filed with Exhibit 5.1)

 23.2  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 24.1  Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

 99.3**** Plus Service Agreement, dated April 6, 1999, by and between the
         Registrant and Qwest Communications Corporation.
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

*   Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
    statement on Form S-4
    (File No. 333-59393) and incorporated herein by reference.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
**  Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
    statement on Form S-1
    (File No. 333-72409) and incorporated herein by reference.

*** Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
    statement on Form S-4
    (File No. 333-82637) and incorporated herein by reference.

****Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
    statement on Form S-1
    (File No. 333-82867) and incorporated herein by reference.

+   To be filed.

++   Certain confidential portions of this Exhibit were omitted by means of
    redacting a portion of the text (the "Mark"). This Exhibit has been filed
    separately with the Secretary of the Commission without the Mark pursuant to
    the Registrant's Application Requesting Confidential Treatment under Rule
    406 under the Securities Act.

    (b) Financial Statement Schedules included separately in the registration
statement.

    All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not
applicable or the information is included in the Financial Statements or notes
thereto.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
    be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
    offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
    deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-7
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Englewood, State of
Colorado, on the 21st day of September 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                RHYTHMS NETCONNECTIONS INC.

                                By:            /s/ SCOTT C. CHANDLER
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                 Scott C. Chandler
                                              CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
</TABLE>

    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Catherine M. Hapka and Scott C. Chandler, or
either of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with
full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any
registration statement related to this Registration Statement and filed pursuant
to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or
substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------

<C>                             <S>                         <C>
    /s/ CATHERINE M. HAPKA
- ------------------------------  Chairman, Chief Executive   September 21, 1999
      Catherine M. Hapka          Officer and Director

    /s/ SCOTT C. CHANDLER
- ------------------------------  Chief Financial Officer     September 21, 1999
      Scott C. Chandler

     /s/ KEVIN R. COMPTON
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 21, 1999
       Kevin R. Compton

     /s/ KEITH B. GEESLIN
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 21, 1999
       Keith B. Geeslin

     /s/ KEN L. HARRISON
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 21, 1999
       Ken L. Harrison
</TABLE>

                                      II-8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------

<C>                             <S>                         <C>
       /s/ SUSAN MAYER
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 21, 1999
         Susan Mayer

   /s/ WILLIAM R. STENSRUD
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 21, 1999
     William R. Stensrud

     /s/ JOHN L. WALECKA
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 21, 1999
       John L. Walecka

     /s/ EDWARD J. ZANDER
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 21, 1999
       Edward J. Zander
</TABLE>

                                      II-9
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
  3.1**      Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2**      Certificate of Designation of Series 1 Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Registrant.
  3.3**      Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
  4.1**      Form of Certificate of common stock.
  4.2*       Indenture, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust
             Company of California, N.A., as trustee, including form of the Registrant's 13 1/2% Senior Discount
             Notes due 2008, Series A and form of the Registrant's 13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2008, Series
             B.
  4.3*       Warrant Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and between the Registrant and State Street Bank and
             Trust Company of California, N.A.
  4.4*       Warrant Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and among the Registrant and
             Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Donaldson, Lufkin &
             Jenrette Securities Corporation.
  4.5**      Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated May 19, 1998, by and between the Registrant and Sun
             Financial Group, Inc.
  4.6**      Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 3, 1999, by and between the Registrant and MCI WorldCom
             Venture Fund, Inc.
  4.7**      Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 16, 1999, by and between the Registrant and Microsoft
             Corporation.
  4.8**      Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated March 31, 1999, by and between Registrant and GATX
             Capital Corporation.
  4.9**      Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 6, 1999, by and between Registrant and MCI WorldCom
             Venture Fund, Inc.
  4.10**     Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 6, 1999, by and among Registrant and MCI WorldCom Venture
             Fund, Inc.
  4.11**     Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 6, 1999, by and among the Registrant and U.S. Telesource,
             Inc.
  4.12**     Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 5, 1999, by and among Registrant and Cisco Systems Capital
             Corporation.
  4.13**     Rights Agreement, dated April 2, 1999, by and among Registrant and American Securities Transfer &
             Trust, Inc.
  4.14***    Indenture, dated as of April 23, 1999, by and between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust
             Company of California, N.A., as trustee, including form of the Registrant's 12 3/4% Senior Notes due
             2009, Series A and form of the Registrant's 12 3/4% Senior Notes due 2009, Series B.
  4.15***    Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 23, 1999, by and among the Registrant and
             Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and
             Chase Securities Inc.
  4.16***    Pledge and Escrow Agreement, dated as of April 23, 1999, from the Registrant as Pledgor to State
             Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee.
  4.17****   Amendment No. 1 to Warrant Agreement, dated as of August   , 1999 between the Registrant and State
             Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A.
  5.1+       Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP with respect to the common stock being registered.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
  9.1*       Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1998, by and among Sprout Capital VII, L.P., Donaldson
             Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, and First Union Trust Company, National Association, as
             trustee.
  9.2*       Voting Trust Agreement, dated as of March 12, 1998, by and between Enron Communications Group, Inc.
             and the Registrant, as trustee.
 10.1*       Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 3, 1997, by and among the Registrant and the
             Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
 10.2*       Subsequent Closing Purchase Agreement, dated December 23, 1997, by and among the Registrant and the
             Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
 10.3*       Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 12, 1998, by and among the Registrant and
             the Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
 10.4**++    Enterprise Services Solution Agreement between Cisco Systems, Inc. and the Registrant, dated December
             3, 1998
 10.5**      Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, by and among the Registrant and MCI
             WorldCom Venture Fund, Inc.
 10.6**      Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, by and among the Registrant
             and the Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
 10.7**++    Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, by and between the Registrant and MCI WorldCom, Inc.
 10.8**      Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated March 16, 1999, by and among the
             Registrant and Microsoft Corporation.
 10.9**      Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated March 16, 1999, by and among the Registrant
             and the Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
 10.10**     Distribution Agreement, dated March 16, 1999, by and among the Registrant and Microsoft Corporation.
 10.11*      Master Lease Agreement No. 1642 and Addendum thereto, each dated November 19, 1997, and Second
             Addendum thereto, dated as of May 19, 1998, between the Registrant and Sun Financial Group, Inc.
 10.12**     Business Lease (Single Tenant) between the Registrant and BR Venture, LLC dated September 1998.
 10.13*      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Catherine M. Hapka, dated June 10, 1997.
 10.14*      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey Blumenfeld, dated August 10, 1997.
 10.15*      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and James A. Greenberg, dated July 14, 1997.
 10.16*      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Rand A. Kennedy, dated August 22, 1997.
 10.17*      1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
 10.18**     1999 Stock Incentive Plan.
 10.19**     1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.20*      Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors.
 10.21*      Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its officers.
 10.22*      QuickStart Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 29, 1997, between the Registrant and Silicon
             Valley Bank.
 10.23**     Third Addendum, dated March 31, 1999, to Master Lease Agreement, dated November 19, 1997, by and
             among Registrant and GATX Capital Corporation.
 10.24**     Master Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 1999, by and among Registrant and GATX Capital Corporation.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
 10.25**     First Addendum, dated March 31, 1999, to Master Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 1999, by and among
             Registrant and GATX Capital Corporation.
 10.26**     Amendment No. 1, dated April 6, 1999, to Framework Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, by and among the
             Registrant and MCI WorldCom, Inc.
 10.27**     Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated April 6, 1999, by and among the
             Registrant and U.S Telesource, Inc.
 10.28**     Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 6, 1999, by and among the Registrant and the
             Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
 10.29**     Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 6, 1999, by and among the Registrant
             and the Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
 10.30**     Lease Agreement, dated April 5, 1999, by and among the Registrant and Cisco Systems Capital
             Corporation.
 10.31***    Amendment No. 2, dated May 10, 1999, to Framework Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, by and among the
             Registrant and MCI WorldCom, Inc.
 10.32****   Employment Agreement with Steve Stringer.
 10.33****   Employment Agreement with Michael Lanier.
 21.1**      Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 23.1+       Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (filed with Exhibit 5.1)
 23.2        Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 24.1        Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
 99.3****    Plus Service Agreement, dated April 6, 1999, by and between the Registrant and Qwest Communications
             Corporation.
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

*    Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
     statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-59393) and incorporated herein by
     reference.

**   Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
     statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-72409) and incorporated herein by
     reference.

***  Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
     statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-82637) and incorporated herein by
     reference.

**** Previously filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the registration
     statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-82867) and incorporated herein by
     reference.

+    To be filed.

++    Certain confidential portions of this Exhibit were omitted by means of
      redacting a portion of the text (the "Mark"). This Exhibit has been filed
      separately with the Secretary of the Commission without the Mark pursuant
      to the Registrant's Application Requesting Confidential Treatment under
      Rule 406 under the Securities Act.

<PAGE>

Exhibit 23.2

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report dated March 4, 1999, except for the last paragraph of Note 11 as
to which the date is March 19, 1999 relating to the financial statements of
Rhythms NetConnections, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Denver, Colorado
September 22, 1999


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission